1 // arm.cc -- arm target support for gold.
3 // Copyright 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 // Written by Doug Kwan <dougkwan@google.com> based on the i386 code
5 // by Ian Lance Taylor <iant@google.com>.
6 // This file also contains borrowed and adapted code from
9 // This file is part of gold.
11 // This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
12 // it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
13 // the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
14 // (at your option) any later version.
16 // This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
17 // but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
18 // MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
19 // GNU General Public License for more details.
21 // You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 // along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
23 // Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
24 // MA 02110-1301, USA.
38 #include "parameters.h"
45 #include "copy-relocs.h"
47 #include "target-reloc.h"
48 #include "target-select.h"
52 #include "attributes.h"
53 #include "arm-reloc-property.h"
60 template<bool big_endian
>
61 class Output_data_plt_arm
;
63 template<bool big_endian
>
66 template<bool big_endian
>
67 class Arm_input_section
;
69 class Arm_exidx_cantunwind
;
71 class Arm_exidx_merged_section
;
73 class Arm_exidx_fixup
;
75 template<bool big_endian
>
76 class Arm_output_section
;
78 class Arm_exidx_input_section
;
80 template<bool big_endian
>
83 template<bool big_endian
>
84 class Arm_relocate_functions
;
86 template<bool big_endian
>
87 class Arm_output_data_got
;
89 template<bool big_endian
>
93 typedef elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr Arm_address
;
95 // Maximum branch offsets for ARM, THUMB and THUMB2.
96 const int32_t ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= ((((1 << 23) - 1) << 2) + 8);
97 const int32_t ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= ((-((1 << 23) << 2)) + 8);
98 const int32_t THM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= ((1 << 22) -2 + 4);
99 const int32_t THM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= (-(1 << 22) + 4);
100 const int32_t THM2_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= (((1 << 24) - 2) + 4);
101 const int32_t THM2_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= (-(1 << 24) + 4);
103 // Thread Control Block size.
104 const size_t ARM_TCB_SIZE
= 8;
106 // The arm target class.
108 // This is a very simple port of gold for ARM-EABI. It is intended for
109 // supporting Android only for the time being.
112 // - Implement all static relocation types documented in arm-reloc.def.
113 // - Make PLTs more flexible for different architecture features like
115 // There are probably a lot more.
117 // Ideally we would like to avoid using global variables but this is used
118 // very in many places and sometimes in loops. If we use a function
119 // returning a static instance of Arm_reloc_property_table, it will very
120 // slow in an threaded environment since the static instance needs to be
121 // locked. The pointer is below initialized in the
122 // Target::do_select_as_default_target() hook so that we do not spend time
123 // building the table if we are not linking ARM objects.
125 // An alternative is to to process the information in arm-reloc.def in
126 // compilation time and generate a representation of it in PODs only. That
127 // way we can avoid initialization when the linker starts.
129 Arm_reloc_property_table
* arm_reloc_property_table
= NULL
;
131 // Instruction template class. This class is similar to the insn_sequence
132 // struct in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
137 // Types of instruction templates.
141 // THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE is used by sub-classes of Stub for instruction
142 // templates with class-specific semantics. Currently this is used
143 // only by the Cortex_a8_stub class for handling condition codes in
144 // conditional branches.
145 THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
,
151 // Factory methods to create instruction templates in different formats.
153 static const Insn_template
154 thumb16_insn(uint32_t data
)
155 { return Insn_template(data
, THUMB16_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
, 0); }
157 // A Thumb conditional branch, in which the proper condition is inserted
158 // when we build the stub.
159 static const Insn_template
160 thumb16_bcond_insn(uint32_t data
)
161 { return Insn_template(data
, THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
, 1); }
163 static const Insn_template
164 thumb32_insn(uint32_t data
)
165 { return Insn_template(data
, THUMB32_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
, 0); }
167 static const Insn_template
168 thumb32_b_insn(uint32_t data
, int reloc_addend
)
170 return Insn_template(data
, THUMB32_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
,
174 static const Insn_template
175 arm_insn(uint32_t data
)
176 { return Insn_template(data
, ARM_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
, 0); }
178 static const Insn_template
179 arm_rel_insn(unsigned data
, int reloc_addend
)
180 { return Insn_template(data
, ARM_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
, reloc_addend
); }
182 static const Insn_template
183 data_word(unsigned data
, unsigned int r_type
, int reloc_addend
)
184 { return Insn_template(data
, DATA_TYPE
, r_type
, reloc_addend
); }
186 // Accessors. This class is used for read-only objects so no modifiers
191 { return this->data_
; }
193 // Return the instruction sequence type of this.
196 { return this->type_
; }
198 // Return the ARM relocation type of this.
201 { return this->r_type_
; }
205 { return this->reloc_addend_
; }
207 // Return size of instruction template in bytes.
211 // Return byte-alignment of instruction template.
216 // We make the constructor private to ensure that only the factory
219 Insn_template(unsigned data
, Type type
, unsigned int r_type
, int reloc_addend
)
220 : data_(data
), type_(type
), r_type_(r_type
), reloc_addend_(reloc_addend
)
223 // Instruction specific data. This is used to store information like
224 // some of the instruction bits.
226 // Instruction template type.
228 // Relocation type if there is a relocation or R_ARM_NONE otherwise.
229 unsigned int r_type_
;
230 // Relocation addend.
231 int32_t reloc_addend_
;
234 // Macro for generating code to stub types. One entry per long/short
238 DEF_STUB(long_branch_any_any) \
239 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb) \
240 DEF_STUB(long_branch_thumb_only) \
241 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb) \
242 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm) \
243 DEF_STUB(short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm) \
244 DEF_STUB(long_branch_any_arm_pic) \
245 DEF_STUB(long_branch_any_thumb_pic) \
246 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic) \
247 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic) \
248 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic) \
249 DEF_STUB(long_branch_thumb_only_pic) \
250 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_b_cond) \
251 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_b) \
252 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_bl) \
253 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_blx) \
254 DEF_STUB(v4_veneer_bx)
258 #define DEF_STUB(x) arm_stub_##x,
264 // First reloc stub type.
265 arm_stub_reloc_first
= arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
,
266 // Last reloc stub type.
267 arm_stub_reloc_last
= arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic
,
269 // First Cortex-A8 stub type.
270 arm_stub_cortex_a8_first
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
,
271 // Last Cortex-A8 stub type.
272 arm_stub_cortex_a8_last
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
,
275 arm_stub_type_last
= arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx
279 // Stub template class. Templates are meant to be read-only objects.
280 // A stub template for a stub type contains all read-only attributes
281 // common to all stubs of the same type.
286 Stub_template(Stub_type
, const Insn_template
*, size_t);
294 { return this->type_
; }
296 // Return an array of instruction templates.
299 { return this->insns_
; }
301 // Return size of template in number of instructions.
304 { return this->insn_count_
; }
306 // Return size of template in bytes.
309 { return this->size_
; }
311 // Return alignment of the stub template.
314 { return this->alignment_
; }
316 // Return whether entry point is in thumb mode.
318 entry_in_thumb_mode() const
319 { return this->entry_in_thumb_mode_
; }
321 // Return number of relocations in this template.
324 { return this->relocs_
.size(); }
326 // Return index of the I-th instruction with relocation.
328 reloc_insn_index(size_t i
) const
330 gold_assert(i
< this->relocs_
.size());
331 return this->relocs_
[i
].first
;
334 // Return the offset of the I-th instruction with relocation from the
335 // beginning of the stub.
337 reloc_offset(size_t i
) const
339 gold_assert(i
< this->relocs_
.size());
340 return this->relocs_
[i
].second
;
344 // This contains information about an instruction template with a relocation
345 // and its offset from start of stub.
346 typedef std::pair
<size_t, section_size_type
> Reloc
;
348 // A Stub_template may not be copied. We want to share templates as much
350 Stub_template(const Stub_template
&);
351 Stub_template
& operator=(const Stub_template
&);
355 // Points to an array of Insn_templates.
356 const Insn_template
* insns_
;
357 // Number of Insn_templates in insns_[].
359 // Size of templated instructions in bytes.
361 // Alignment of templated instructions.
363 // Flag to indicate if entry is in thumb mode.
364 bool entry_in_thumb_mode_
;
365 // A table of reloc instruction indices and offsets. We can find these by
366 // looking at the instruction templates but we pre-compute and then stash
367 // them here for speed.
368 std::vector
<Reloc
> relocs_
;
372 // A class for code stubs. This is a base class for different type of
373 // stubs used in the ARM target.
379 static const section_offset_type invalid_offset
=
380 static_cast<section_offset_type
>(-1);
383 Stub(const Stub_template
* stub_template
)
384 : stub_template_(stub_template
), offset_(invalid_offset
)
391 // Return the stub template.
393 stub_template() const
394 { return this->stub_template_
; }
396 // Return offset of code stub from beginning of its containing stub table.
400 gold_assert(this->offset_
!= invalid_offset
);
401 return this->offset_
;
404 // Set offset of code stub from beginning of its containing stub table.
406 set_offset(section_offset_type offset
)
407 { this->offset_
= offset
; }
409 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
410 // stub. This must be defined in a child class.
412 reloc_target(size_t i
)
413 { return this->do_reloc_target(i
); }
415 // Write a stub at output VIEW. BIG_ENDIAN select how a stub is written.
417 write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type view_size
, bool big_endian
)
418 { this->do_write(view
, view_size
, big_endian
); }
420 // Return the instruction for THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE instruction template
421 // for the i-th instruction.
423 thumb16_special(size_t i
)
424 { return this->do_thumb16_special(i
); }
427 // This must be defined in the child class.
429 do_reloc_target(size_t) = 0;
431 // This may be overridden in the child class.
433 do_write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type view_size
, bool big_endian
)
436 this->do_fixed_endian_write
<true>(view
, view_size
);
438 this->do_fixed_endian_write
<false>(view
, view_size
);
441 // This must be overridden if a child class uses the THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
442 // instruction template.
444 do_thumb16_special(size_t)
445 { gold_unreachable(); }
448 // A template to implement do_write.
449 template<bool big_endian
>
451 do_fixed_endian_write(unsigned char*, section_size_type
);
454 const Stub_template
* stub_template_
;
455 // Offset within the section of containing this stub.
456 section_offset_type offset_
;
459 // Reloc stub class. These are stubs we use to fix up relocation because
460 // of limited branch ranges.
462 class Reloc_stub
: public Stub
465 static const unsigned int invalid_index
= static_cast<unsigned int>(-1);
466 // We assume we never jump to this address.
467 static const Arm_address invalid_address
= static_cast<Arm_address
>(-1);
469 // Return destination address.
471 destination_address() const
473 gold_assert(this->destination_address_
!= this->invalid_address
);
474 return this->destination_address_
;
477 // Set destination address.
479 set_destination_address(Arm_address address
)
481 gold_assert(address
!= this->invalid_address
);
482 this->destination_address_
= address
;
485 // Reset destination address.
487 reset_destination_address()
488 { this->destination_address_
= this->invalid_address
; }
490 // Determine stub type for a branch of a relocation of R_TYPE going
491 // from BRANCH_ADDRESS to BRANCH_TARGET. If TARGET_IS_THUMB is set,
492 // the branch target is a thumb instruction. TARGET is used for look
493 // up ARM-specific linker settings.
495 stub_type_for_reloc(unsigned int r_type
, Arm_address branch_address
,
496 Arm_address branch_target
, bool target_is_thumb
);
498 // Reloc_stub key. A key is logically a triplet of a stub type, a symbol
499 // and an addend. Since we treat global and local symbol differently, we
500 // use a Symbol object for a global symbol and a object-index pair for
505 // If SYMBOL is not null, this is a global symbol, we ignore RELOBJ and
506 // R_SYM. Otherwise, this is a local symbol and RELOBJ must non-NULL
507 // and R_SYM must not be invalid_index.
508 Key(Stub_type stub_type
, const Symbol
* symbol
, const Relobj
* relobj
,
509 unsigned int r_sym
, int32_t addend
)
510 : stub_type_(stub_type
), addend_(addend
)
514 this->r_sym_
= Reloc_stub::invalid_index
;
515 this->u_
.symbol
= symbol
;
519 gold_assert(relobj
!= NULL
&& r_sym
!= invalid_index
);
520 this->r_sym_
= r_sym
;
521 this->u_
.relobj
= relobj
;
528 // Accessors: Keys are meant to be read-only object so no modifiers are
534 { return this->stub_type_
; }
536 // Return the local symbol index or invalid_index.
539 { return this->r_sym_
; }
541 // Return the symbol if there is one.
544 { return this->r_sym_
== invalid_index
? this->u_
.symbol
: NULL
; }
546 // Return the relobj if there is one.
549 { return this->r_sym_
!= invalid_index
? this->u_
.relobj
: NULL
; }
551 // Whether this equals to another key k.
553 eq(const Key
& k
) const
555 return ((this->stub_type_
== k
.stub_type_
)
556 && (this->r_sym_
== k
.r_sym_
)
557 && ((this->r_sym_
!= Reloc_stub::invalid_index
)
558 ? (this->u_
.relobj
== k
.u_
.relobj
)
559 : (this->u_
.symbol
== k
.u_
.symbol
))
560 && (this->addend_
== k
.addend_
));
563 // Return a hash value.
567 return (this->stub_type_
569 ^ gold::string_hash
<char>(
570 (this->r_sym_
!= Reloc_stub::invalid_index
)
571 ? this->u_
.relobj
->name().c_str()
572 : this->u_
.symbol
->name())
576 // Functors for STL associative containers.
580 operator()(const Key
& k
) const
581 { return k
.hash_value(); }
587 operator()(const Key
& k1
, const Key
& k2
) const
588 { return k1
.eq(k2
); }
591 // Name of key. This is mainly for debugging.
597 Stub_type stub_type_
;
598 // If this is a local symbol, this is the index in the defining object.
599 // Otherwise, it is invalid_index for a global symbol.
601 // If r_sym_ is invalid index. This points to a global symbol.
602 // Otherwise, this points a relobj. We used the unsized and target
603 // independent Symbol and Relobj classes instead of Sized_symbol<32> and
604 // Arm_relobj. This is done to avoid making the stub class a template
605 // as most of the stub machinery is endianness-neutral. However, it
606 // may require a bit of casting done by users of this class.
609 const Symbol
* symbol
;
610 const Relobj
* relobj
;
612 // Addend associated with a reloc.
617 // Reloc_stubs are created via a stub factory. So these are protected.
618 Reloc_stub(const Stub_template
* stub_template
)
619 : Stub(stub_template
), destination_address_(invalid_address
)
625 friend class Stub_factory
;
627 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
630 do_reloc_target(size_t i
)
632 // All reloc stub have only one relocation.
634 return this->destination_address_
;
638 // Address of destination.
639 Arm_address destination_address_
;
642 // Cortex-A8 stub class. We need a Cortex-A8 stub to redirect any 32-bit
643 // THUMB branch that meets the following conditions:
645 // 1. The branch straddles across a page boundary. i.e. lower 12-bit of
646 // branch address is 0xffe.
647 // 2. The branch target address is in the same page as the first word of the
649 // 3. The branch follows a 32-bit instruction which is not a branch.
651 // To do the fix up, we need to store the address of the branch instruction
652 // and its target at least. We also need to store the original branch
653 // instruction bits for the condition code in a conditional branch. The
654 // condition code is used in a special instruction template. We also want
655 // to identify input sections needing Cortex-A8 workaround quickly. We store
656 // extra information about object and section index of the code section
657 // containing a branch being fixed up. The information is used to mark
658 // the code section when we finalize the Cortex-A8 stubs.
661 class Cortex_a8_stub
: public Stub
667 // Return the object of the code section containing the branch being fixed
671 { return this->relobj_
; }
673 // Return the section index of the code section containing the branch being
677 { return this->shndx_
; }
679 // Return the source address of stub. This is the address of the original
680 // branch instruction. LSB is 1 always set to indicate that it is a THUMB
683 source_address() const
684 { return this->source_address_
; }
686 // Return the destination address of the stub. This is the branch taken
687 // address of the original branch instruction. LSB is 1 if it is a THUMB
688 // instruction address.
690 destination_address() const
691 { return this->destination_address_
; }
693 // Return the instruction being fixed up.
695 original_insn() const
696 { return this->original_insn_
; }
699 // Cortex_a8_stubs are created via a stub factory. So these are protected.
700 Cortex_a8_stub(const Stub_template
* stub_template
, Relobj
* relobj
,
701 unsigned int shndx
, Arm_address source_address
,
702 Arm_address destination_address
, uint32_t original_insn
)
703 : Stub(stub_template
), relobj_(relobj
), shndx_(shndx
),
704 source_address_(source_address
| 1U),
705 destination_address_(destination_address
),
706 original_insn_(original_insn
)
709 friend class Stub_factory
;
711 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
714 do_reloc_target(size_t i
)
716 if (this->stub_template()->type() == arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
)
718 // The conditional branch veneer has two relocations.
720 return i
== 0 ? this->source_address_
+ 4 : this->destination_address_
;
724 // All other Cortex-A8 stubs have only one relocation.
726 return this->destination_address_
;
730 // Return an instruction for the THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE instruction template.
732 do_thumb16_special(size_t);
735 // Object of the code section containing the branch being fixed up.
737 // Section index of the code section containing the branch begin fixed up.
739 // Source address of original branch.
740 Arm_address source_address_
;
741 // Destination address of the original branch.
742 Arm_address destination_address_
;
743 // Original branch instruction. This is needed for copying the condition
744 // code from a condition branch to its stub.
745 uint32_t original_insn_
;
748 // ARMv4 BX Rx branch relocation stub class.
749 class Arm_v4bx_stub
: public Stub
755 // Return the associated register.
758 { return this->reg_
; }
761 // Arm V4BX stubs are created via a stub factory. So these are protected.
762 Arm_v4bx_stub(const Stub_template
* stub_template
, const uint32_t reg
)
763 : Stub(stub_template
), reg_(reg
)
766 friend class Stub_factory
;
768 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
771 do_reloc_target(size_t)
772 { gold_unreachable(); }
774 // This may be overridden in the child class.
776 do_write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type view_size
, bool big_endian
)
779 this->do_fixed_endian_v4bx_write
<true>(view
, view_size
);
781 this->do_fixed_endian_v4bx_write
<false>(view
, view_size
);
785 // A template to implement do_write.
786 template<bool big_endian
>
788 do_fixed_endian_v4bx_write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type
)
790 const Insn_template
* insns
= this->stub_template()->insns();
791 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(view
,
793 + (this->reg_
<< 16)));
794 view
+= insns
[0].size();
795 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(view
,
796 (insns
[1].data() + this->reg_
));
797 view
+= insns
[1].size();
798 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(view
,
799 (insns
[2].data() + this->reg_
));
802 // A register index (r0-r14), which is associated with the stub.
806 // Stub factory class.
811 // Return the unique instance of this class.
812 static const Stub_factory
&
815 static Stub_factory singleton
;
819 // Make a relocation stub.
821 make_reloc_stub(Stub_type stub_type
) const
823 gold_assert(stub_type
>= arm_stub_reloc_first
824 && stub_type
<= arm_stub_reloc_last
);
825 return new Reloc_stub(this->stub_templates_
[stub_type
]);
828 // Make a Cortex-A8 stub.
830 make_cortex_a8_stub(Stub_type stub_type
, Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
,
831 Arm_address source
, Arm_address destination
,
832 uint32_t original_insn
) const
834 gold_assert(stub_type
>= arm_stub_cortex_a8_first
835 && stub_type
<= arm_stub_cortex_a8_last
);
836 return new Cortex_a8_stub(this->stub_templates_
[stub_type
], relobj
, shndx
,
837 source
, destination
, original_insn
);
840 // Make an ARM V4BX relocation stub.
841 // This method creates a stub from the arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx template only.
843 make_arm_v4bx_stub(uint32_t reg
) const
845 gold_assert(reg
< 0xf);
846 return new Arm_v4bx_stub(this->stub_templates_
[arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx
],
851 // Constructor and destructor are protected since we only return a single
852 // instance created in Stub_factory::get_instance().
856 // A Stub_factory may not be copied since it is a singleton.
857 Stub_factory(const Stub_factory
&);
858 Stub_factory
& operator=(Stub_factory
&);
860 // Stub templates. These are initialized in the constructor.
861 const Stub_template
* stub_templates_
[arm_stub_type_last
+1];
864 // A class to hold stubs for the ARM target.
866 template<bool big_endian
>
867 class Stub_table
: public Output_data
870 Stub_table(Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* owner
)
871 : Output_data(), owner_(owner
), reloc_stubs_(), reloc_stubs_size_(0),
872 reloc_stubs_addralign_(1), cortex_a8_stubs_(), arm_v4bx_stubs_(0xf),
873 prev_data_size_(0), prev_addralign_(1)
879 // Owner of this stub table.
880 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
882 { return this->owner_
; }
884 // Whether this stub table is empty.
888 return (this->reloc_stubs_
.empty()
889 && this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.empty()
890 && this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.empty());
893 // Return the current data size.
895 current_data_size() const
896 { return this->current_data_size_for_child(); }
898 // Add a STUB with using KEY. Caller is reponsible for avoid adding
899 // if already a STUB with the same key has been added.
901 add_reloc_stub(Reloc_stub
* stub
, const Reloc_stub::Key
& key
)
903 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= stub
->stub_template();
904 gold_assert(stub_template
->type() == key
.stub_type());
905 this->reloc_stubs_
[key
] = stub
;
907 // Assign stub offset early. We can do this because we never remove
908 // reloc stubs and they are in the beginning of the stub table.
909 uint64_t align
= stub_template
->alignment();
910 this->reloc_stubs_size_
= align_address(this->reloc_stubs_size_
, align
);
911 stub
->set_offset(this->reloc_stubs_size_
);
912 this->reloc_stubs_size_
+= stub_template
->size();
913 this->reloc_stubs_addralign_
=
914 std::max(this->reloc_stubs_addralign_
, align
);
917 // Add a Cortex-A8 STUB that fixes up a THUMB branch at ADDRESS.
918 // Caller is reponsible for avoid adding if already a STUB with the same
919 // address has been added.
921 add_cortex_a8_stub(Arm_address address
, Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
)
923 std::pair
<Arm_address
, Cortex_a8_stub
*> value(address
, stub
);
924 this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.insert(value
);
927 // Add an ARM V4BX relocation stub. A register index will be retrieved
930 add_arm_v4bx_stub(Arm_v4bx_stub
* stub
)
932 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
&& this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
[stub
->reg()] == NULL
);
933 this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
[stub
->reg()] = stub
;
936 // Remove all Cortex-A8 stubs.
938 remove_all_cortex_a8_stubs();
940 // Look up a relocation stub using KEY. Return NULL if there is none.
942 find_reloc_stub(const Reloc_stub::Key
& key
) const
944 typename
Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p
= this->reloc_stubs_
.find(key
);
945 return (p
!= this->reloc_stubs_
.end()) ? p
->second
: NULL
;
948 // Look up an arm v4bx relocation stub using the register index.
949 // Return NULL if there is none.
951 find_arm_v4bx_stub(const uint32_t reg
) const
953 gold_assert(reg
< 0xf);
954 return this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
[reg
];
957 // Relocate stubs in this stub table.
959 relocate_stubs(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
960 Target_arm
<big_endian
>*, Output_section
*,
961 unsigned char*, Arm_address
, section_size_type
);
963 // Update data size and alignment at the end of a relaxation pass. Return
964 // true if either data size or alignment is different from that of the
965 // previous relaxation pass.
967 update_data_size_and_addralign();
969 // Finalize stubs. Set the offsets of all stubs and mark input sections
970 // needing the Cortex-A8 workaround.
974 // Apply Cortex-A8 workaround to an address range.
976 apply_cortex_a8_workaround_to_address_range(Target_arm
<big_endian
>*,
977 unsigned char*, Arm_address
,
981 // Write out section contents.
983 do_write(Output_file
*);
985 // Return the required alignment.
988 { return this->prev_addralign_
; }
990 // Reset address and file offset.
992 do_reset_address_and_file_offset()
993 { this->set_current_data_size_for_child(this->prev_data_size_
); }
995 // Set final data size.
997 set_final_data_size()
998 { this->set_data_size(this->current_data_size()); }
1001 // Relocate one stub.
1003 relocate_stub(Stub
*, const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
1004 Target_arm
<big_endian
>*, Output_section
*,
1005 unsigned char*, Arm_address
, section_size_type
);
1007 // Unordered map of relocation stubs.
1009 Unordered_map
<Reloc_stub::Key
, Reloc_stub
*, Reloc_stub::Key::hash
,
1010 Reloc_stub::Key::equal_to
>
1013 // List of Cortex-A8 stubs ordered by addresses of branches being
1014 // fixed up in output.
1015 typedef std::map
<Arm_address
, Cortex_a8_stub
*> Cortex_a8_stub_list
;
1016 // List of Arm V4BX relocation stubs ordered by associated registers.
1017 typedef std::vector
<Arm_v4bx_stub
*> Arm_v4bx_stub_list
;
1019 // Owner of this stub table.
1020 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* owner_
;
1021 // The relocation stubs.
1022 Reloc_stub_map reloc_stubs_
;
1023 // Size of reloc stubs.
1024 off_t reloc_stubs_size_
;
1025 // Maximum address alignment of reloc stubs.
1026 uint64_t reloc_stubs_addralign_
;
1027 // The cortex_a8_stubs.
1028 Cortex_a8_stub_list cortex_a8_stubs_
;
1029 // The Arm V4BX relocation stubs.
1030 Arm_v4bx_stub_list arm_v4bx_stubs_
;
1031 // data size of this in the previous pass.
1032 off_t prev_data_size_
;
1033 // address alignment of this in the previous pass.
1034 uint64_t prev_addralign_
;
1037 // Arm_exidx_cantunwind class. This represents an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry
1038 // we add to the end of an EXIDX input section that goes into the output.
1040 class Arm_exidx_cantunwind
: public Output_section_data
1043 Arm_exidx_cantunwind(Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
)
1044 : Output_section_data(8, 4, true), relobj_(relobj
), shndx_(shndx
)
1047 // Return the object containing the section pointed by this.
1050 { return this->relobj_
; }
1052 // Return the section index of the section pointed by this.
1055 { return this->shndx_
; }
1059 do_write(Output_file
* of
)
1061 if (parameters
->target().is_big_endian())
1062 this->do_fixed_endian_write
<true>(of
);
1064 this->do_fixed_endian_write
<false>(of
);
1067 // Write to a map file.
1069 do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile
* mapfile
) const
1070 { mapfile
->print_output_data(this, _("** ARM cantunwind")); }
1073 // Implement do_write for a given endianness.
1074 template<bool big_endian
>
1076 do_fixed_endian_write(Output_file
*);
1078 // The object containing the section pointed by this.
1080 // The section index of the section pointed by this.
1081 unsigned int shndx_
;
1084 // During EXIDX coverage fix-up, we compact an EXIDX section. The
1085 // Offset map is used to map input section offset within the EXIDX section
1086 // to the output offset from the start of this EXIDX section.
1088 typedef std::map
<section_offset_type
, section_offset_type
>
1089 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
;
1091 // Arm_exidx_merged_section class. This represents an EXIDX input section
1092 // with some of its entries merged.
1094 class Arm_exidx_merged_section
: public Output_relaxed_input_section
1097 // Constructor for Arm_exidx_merged_section.
1098 // EXIDX_INPUT_SECTION points to the unmodified EXIDX input section.
1099 // SECTION_OFFSET_MAP points to a section offset map describing how
1100 // parts of the input section are mapped to output. DELETED_BYTES is
1101 // the number of bytes deleted from the EXIDX input section.
1102 Arm_exidx_merged_section(
1103 const Arm_exidx_input_section
& exidx_input_section
,
1104 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
& section_offset_map
,
1105 uint32_t deleted_bytes
);
1107 // Build output contents.
1109 build_contents(const unsigned char*, section_size_type
);
1111 // Return the original EXIDX input section.
1112 const Arm_exidx_input_section
&
1113 exidx_input_section() const
1114 { return this->exidx_input_section_
; }
1116 // Return the section offset map.
1117 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
&
1118 section_offset_map() const
1119 { return this->section_offset_map_
; }
1122 // Write merged section into file OF.
1124 do_write(Output_file
* of
);
1127 do_output_offset(const Relobj
*, unsigned int, section_offset_type
,
1128 section_offset_type
*) const;
1131 // Original EXIDX input section.
1132 const Arm_exidx_input_section
& exidx_input_section_
;
1133 // Section offset map.
1134 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
& section_offset_map_
;
1135 // Merged section contents. We need to keep build the merged section
1136 // and save it here to avoid accessing the original EXIDX section when
1137 // we cannot lock the sections' object.
1138 unsigned char* section_contents_
;
1141 // A class to wrap an ordinary input section containing executable code.
1143 template<bool big_endian
>
1144 class Arm_input_section
: public Output_relaxed_input_section
1147 Arm_input_section(Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
)
1148 : Output_relaxed_input_section(relobj
, shndx
, 1),
1149 original_addralign_(1), original_size_(0), stub_table_(NULL
),
1150 original_contents_(NULL
)
1153 ~Arm_input_section()
1154 { delete[] this->original_contents_
; }
1160 // Whether this is a stub table owner.
1162 is_stub_table_owner() const
1163 { return this->stub_table_
!= NULL
&& this->stub_table_
->owner() == this; }
1165 // Return the stub table.
1166 Stub_table
<big_endian
>*
1168 { return this->stub_table_
; }
1170 // Set the stub_table.
1172 set_stub_table(Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
)
1173 { this->stub_table_
= stub_table
; }
1175 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_input_section pointer. This is
1176 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_input_section not the base class.
1177 static Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
1178 as_arm_input_section(Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
)
1179 { return static_cast<Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*>(poris
); }
1181 // Return the original size of the section.
1183 original_size() const
1184 { return this->original_size_
; }
1187 // Write data to output file.
1189 do_write(Output_file
*);
1191 // Return required alignment of this.
1193 do_addralign() const
1195 if (this->is_stub_table_owner())
1196 return std::max(this->stub_table_
->addralign(),
1197 static_cast<uint64_t>(this->original_addralign_
));
1199 return this->original_addralign_
;
1202 // Finalize data size.
1204 set_final_data_size();
1206 // Reset address and file offset.
1208 do_reset_address_and_file_offset();
1212 do_output_offset(const Relobj
* object
, unsigned int shndx
,
1213 section_offset_type offset
,
1214 section_offset_type
* poutput
) const
1216 if ((object
== this->relobj())
1217 && (shndx
== this->shndx())
1220 convert_types
<section_offset_type
, uint32_t>(this->original_size_
)))
1230 // Copying is not allowed.
1231 Arm_input_section(const Arm_input_section
&);
1232 Arm_input_section
& operator=(const Arm_input_section
&);
1234 // Address alignment of the original input section.
1235 uint32_t original_addralign_
;
1236 // Section size of the original input section.
1237 uint32_t original_size_
;
1239 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table_
;
1240 // Original section contents. We have to make a copy here since the file
1241 // containing the original section may not be locked when we need to access
1243 unsigned char* original_contents_
;
1246 // Arm_exidx_fixup class. This is used to define a number of methods
1247 // and keep states for fixing up EXIDX coverage.
1249 class Arm_exidx_fixup
1252 Arm_exidx_fixup(Output_section
* exidx_output_section
,
1253 bool merge_exidx_entries
= true)
1254 : exidx_output_section_(exidx_output_section
), last_unwind_type_(UT_NONE
),
1255 last_inlined_entry_(0), last_input_section_(NULL
),
1256 section_offset_map_(NULL
), first_output_text_section_(NULL
),
1257 merge_exidx_entries_(merge_exidx_entries
)
1261 { delete this->section_offset_map_
; }
1263 // Process an EXIDX section for entry merging. SECTION_CONTENTS points
1264 // to the EXIDX contents and SECTION_SIZE is the size of the contents. Return
1265 // number of bytes to be deleted in output. If parts of the input EXIDX
1266 // section are merged a heap allocated Arm_exidx_section_offset_map is store
1267 // in the located PSECTION_OFFSET_MAP. The caller owns the map and is
1268 // reponsible for releasing it.
1269 template<bool big_endian
>
1271 process_exidx_section(const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
,
1272 const unsigned char* section_contents
,
1273 section_size_type section_size
,
1274 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
** psection_offset_map
);
1276 // Append an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry pointing at the end of the last
1277 // input section, if there is not one already.
1279 add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
1281 // Return the output section for the text section which is linked to the
1282 // first exidx input in output.
1284 first_output_text_section() const
1285 { return this->first_output_text_section_
; }
1288 // Copying is not allowed.
1289 Arm_exidx_fixup(const Arm_exidx_fixup
&);
1290 Arm_exidx_fixup
& operator=(const Arm_exidx_fixup
&);
1292 // Type of EXIDX unwind entry.
1297 // EXIDX_CANTUNWIND.
1298 UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
,
1305 // Process an EXIDX entry. We only care about the second word of the
1306 // entry. Return true if the entry can be deleted.
1308 process_exidx_entry(uint32_t second_word
);
1310 // Update the current section offset map during EXIDX section fix-up.
1311 // If there is no map, create one. INPUT_OFFSET is the offset of a
1312 // reference point, DELETED_BYTES is the number of deleted by in the
1313 // section so far. If DELETE_ENTRY is true, the reference point and
1314 // all offsets after the previous reference point are discarded.
1316 update_offset_map(section_offset_type input_offset
,
1317 section_size_type deleted_bytes
, bool delete_entry
);
1319 // EXIDX output section.
1320 Output_section
* exidx_output_section_
;
1321 // Unwind type of the last EXIDX entry processed.
1322 Unwind_type last_unwind_type_
;
1323 // Last seen inlined EXIDX entry.
1324 uint32_t last_inlined_entry_
;
1325 // Last processed EXIDX input section.
1326 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* last_input_section_
;
1327 // Section offset map created in process_exidx_section.
1328 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
* section_offset_map_
;
1329 // Output section for the text section which is linked to the first exidx
1331 Output_section
* first_output_text_section_
;
1333 bool merge_exidx_entries_
;
1336 // Arm output section class. This is defined mainly to add a number of
1337 // stub generation methods.
1339 template<bool big_endian
>
1340 class Arm_output_section
: public Output_section
1343 typedef std::vector
<std::pair
<Relobj
*, unsigned int> > Text_section_list
;
1345 Arm_output_section(const char* name
, elfcpp::Elf_Word type
,
1346 elfcpp::Elf_Xword flags
)
1347 : Output_section(name
, type
, flags
)
1349 if (type
== elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
1350 this->set_always_keeps_input_sections();
1353 ~Arm_output_section()
1356 // Group input sections for stub generation.
1358 group_sections(section_size_type
, bool, Target_arm
<big_endian
>*, const Task
*);
1360 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_output_section pointer. This is
1361 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_output_section not the base class.
1362 static Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>*
1363 as_arm_output_section(Output_section
* os
)
1364 { return static_cast<Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>*>(os
); }
1366 // Append all input text sections in this into LIST.
1368 append_text_sections_to_list(Text_section_list
* list
);
1370 // Fix EXIDX coverage of this EXIDX output section. SORTED_TEXT_SECTION
1371 // is a list of text input sections sorted in ascending order of their
1372 // output addresses.
1374 fix_exidx_coverage(Layout
* layout
,
1375 const Text_section_list
& sorted_text_section
,
1376 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
1377 bool merge_exidx_entries
,
1380 // Link an EXIDX section into its corresponding text section.
1382 set_exidx_section_link();
1386 typedef Output_section::Input_section Input_section
;
1387 typedef Output_section::Input_section_list Input_section_list
;
1389 // Create a stub group.
1390 void create_stub_group(Input_section_list::const_iterator
,
1391 Input_section_list::const_iterator
,
1392 Input_section_list::const_iterator
,
1393 Target_arm
<big_endian
>*,
1394 std::vector
<Output_relaxed_input_section
*>*,
1398 // Arm_exidx_input_section class. This represents an EXIDX input section.
1400 class Arm_exidx_input_section
1403 static const section_offset_type invalid_offset
=
1404 static_cast<section_offset_type
>(-1);
1406 Arm_exidx_input_section(Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
,
1407 unsigned int link
, uint32_t size
,
1408 uint32_t addralign
, uint32_t text_size
)
1409 : relobj_(relobj
), shndx_(shndx
), link_(link
), size_(size
),
1410 addralign_(addralign
), text_size_(text_size
), has_errors_(false)
1413 ~Arm_exidx_input_section()
1416 // Accessors: This is a read-only class.
1418 // Return the object containing this EXIDX input section.
1421 { return this->relobj_
; }
1423 // Return the section index of this EXIDX input section.
1426 { return this->shndx_
; }
1428 // Return the section index of linked text section in the same object.
1431 { return this->link_
; }
1433 // Return size of the EXIDX input section.
1436 { return this->size_
; }
1438 // Return address alignment of EXIDX input section.
1441 { return this->addralign_
; }
1443 // Return size of the associated text input section.
1446 { return this->text_size_
; }
1448 // Whether there are any errors in the EXIDX input section.
1451 { return this->has_errors_
; }
1453 // Set has-errors flag.
1456 { this->has_errors_
= true; }
1459 // Object containing this.
1461 // Section index of this.
1462 unsigned int shndx_
;
1463 // text section linked to this in the same object.
1465 // Size of this. For ARM 32-bit is sufficient.
1467 // Address alignment of this. For ARM 32-bit is sufficient.
1468 uint32_t addralign_
;
1469 // Size of associated text section.
1470 uint32_t text_size_
;
1471 // Whether this has any errors.
1475 // Arm_relobj class.
1477 template<bool big_endian
>
1478 class Arm_relobj
: public Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>
1481 static const Arm_address invalid_address
= static_cast<Arm_address
>(-1);
1483 Arm_relobj(const std::string
& name
, Input_file
* input_file
, off_t offset
,
1484 const typename
elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
>& ehdr
)
1485 : Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
),
1486 stub_tables_(), local_symbol_is_thumb_function_(),
1487 attributes_section_data_(NULL
), mapping_symbols_info_(),
1488 section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_(NULL
), exidx_section_map_(),
1489 output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_(false),
1490 merge_flags_and_attributes_(true)
1494 { delete this->attributes_section_data_
; }
1496 // Return the stub table of the SHNDX-th section if there is one.
1497 Stub_table
<big_endian
>*
1498 stub_table(unsigned int shndx
) const
1500 gold_assert(shndx
< this->stub_tables_
.size());
1501 return this->stub_tables_
[shndx
];
1504 // Set STUB_TABLE to be the stub_table of the SHNDX-th section.
1506 set_stub_table(unsigned int shndx
, Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
)
1508 gold_assert(shndx
< this->stub_tables_
.size());
1509 this->stub_tables_
[shndx
] = stub_table
;
1512 // Whether a local symbol is a THUMB function. R_SYM is the symbol table
1513 // index. This is only valid after do_count_local_symbol is called.
1515 local_symbol_is_thumb_function(unsigned int r_sym
) const
1517 gold_assert(r_sym
< this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
.size());
1518 return this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
[r_sym
];
1521 // Scan all relocation sections for stub generation.
1523 scan_sections_for_stubs(Target_arm
<big_endian
>*, const Symbol_table
*,
1526 // Convert regular input section with index SHNDX to a relaxed section.
1528 convert_input_section_to_relaxed_section(unsigned shndx
)
1530 // The stubs have relocations and we need to process them after writing
1531 // out the stubs. So relocation now must follow section write.
1532 this->set_section_offset(shndx
, -1ULL);
1533 this->set_relocs_must_follow_section_writes();
1536 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_relobj pointer. This is
1537 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_relobj not the base class.
1538 static Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*
1539 as_arm_relobj(Relobj
* relobj
)
1540 { return static_cast<Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*>(relobj
); }
1542 // Processor-specific flags in ELF file header. This is valid only after
1545 processor_specific_flags() const
1546 { return this->processor_specific_flags_
; }
1548 // Attribute section data This is the contents of the .ARM.attribute section
1550 const Attributes_section_data
*
1551 attributes_section_data() const
1552 { return this->attributes_section_data_
; }
1554 // Mapping symbol location.
1555 typedef std::pair
<unsigned int, Arm_address
> Mapping_symbol_position
;
1557 // Functor for STL container.
1558 struct Mapping_symbol_position_less
1561 operator()(const Mapping_symbol_position
& p1
,
1562 const Mapping_symbol_position
& p2
) const
1564 return (p1
.first
< p2
.first
1565 || (p1
.first
== p2
.first
&& p1
.second
< p2
.second
));
1569 // We only care about the first character of a mapping symbol, so
1570 // we only store that instead of the whole symbol name.
1571 typedef std::map
<Mapping_symbol_position
, char,
1572 Mapping_symbol_position_less
> Mapping_symbols_info
;
1574 // Whether a section contains any Cortex-A8 workaround.
1576 section_has_cortex_a8_workaround(unsigned int shndx
) const
1578 return (this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
!= NULL
1579 && (*this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
)[shndx
]);
1582 // Mark a section that has Cortex-A8 workaround.
1584 mark_section_for_cortex_a8_workaround(unsigned int shndx
)
1586 if (this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
== NULL
)
1587 this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
=
1588 new std::vector
<bool>(this->shnum(), false);
1589 (*this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
)[shndx
] = true;
1592 // Return the EXIDX section of an text section with index SHNDX or NULL
1593 // if the text section has no associated EXIDX section.
1594 const Arm_exidx_input_section
*
1595 exidx_input_section_by_link(unsigned int shndx
) const
1597 Exidx_section_map::const_iterator p
= this->exidx_section_map_
.find(shndx
);
1598 return ((p
!= this->exidx_section_map_
.end()
1599 && p
->second
->link() == shndx
)
1604 // Return the EXIDX section with index SHNDX or NULL if there is none.
1605 const Arm_exidx_input_section
*
1606 exidx_input_section_by_shndx(unsigned shndx
) const
1608 Exidx_section_map::const_iterator p
= this->exidx_section_map_
.find(shndx
);
1609 return ((p
!= this->exidx_section_map_
.end()
1610 && p
->second
->shndx() == shndx
)
1615 // Whether output local symbol count needs updating.
1617 output_local_symbol_count_needs_update() const
1618 { return this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
; }
1620 // Set output_local_symbol_count_needs_update flag to be true.
1622 set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update()
1623 { this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
= true; }
1625 // Update output local symbol count at the end of relaxation.
1627 update_output_local_symbol_count();
1629 // Whether we want to merge processor-specific flags and attributes.
1631 merge_flags_and_attributes() const
1632 { return this->merge_flags_and_attributes_
; }
1634 // Export list of EXIDX section indices.
1636 get_exidx_shndx_list(std::vector
<unsigned int>* list
) const
1639 for (Exidx_section_map::const_iterator p
= this->exidx_section_map_
.begin();
1640 p
!= this->exidx_section_map_
.end();
1643 if (p
->second
->shndx() == p
->first
)
1644 list
->push_back(p
->first
);
1646 // Sort list to make result independent of implementation of map.
1647 std::sort(list
->begin(), list
->end());
1651 // Post constructor setup.
1655 // Call parent's setup method.
1656 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_setup();
1658 // Initialize look-up tables.
1659 Stub_table_list
empty_stub_table_list(this->shnum(), NULL
);
1660 this->stub_tables_
.swap(empty_stub_table_list
);
1663 // Count the local symbols.
1665 do_count_local_symbols(Stringpool_template
<char>*,
1666 Stringpool_template
<char>*);
1669 do_relocate_sections(const Symbol_table
* symtab
, const Layout
* layout
,
1670 const unsigned char* pshdrs
, Output_file
* of
,
1671 typename Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::Views
* pivews
);
1673 // Read the symbol information.
1675 do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data
* sd
);
1677 // Process relocs for garbage collection.
1679 do_gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*, Read_relocs_data
*);
1683 // Whether a section needs to be scanned for relocation stubs.
1685 section_needs_reloc_stub_scanning(const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>&,
1686 const Relobj::Output_sections
&,
1687 const Symbol_table
*, const unsigned char*);
1689 // Whether a section is a scannable text section.
1691 section_is_scannable(const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>&, unsigned int,
1692 const Output_section
*, const Symbol_table
*);
1694 // Whether a section needs to be scanned for the Cortex-A8 erratum.
1696 section_needs_cortex_a8_stub_scanning(const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>&,
1697 unsigned int, Output_section
*,
1698 const Symbol_table
*);
1700 // Scan a section for the Cortex-A8 erratum.
1702 scan_section_for_cortex_a8_erratum(const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>&,
1703 unsigned int, Output_section
*,
1704 Target_arm
<big_endian
>*);
1706 // Find the linked text section of an EXIDX section by looking at the
1707 // first reloction of the EXIDX section. PSHDR points to the section
1708 // headers of a relocation section and PSYMS points to the local symbols.
1709 // PSHNDX points to a location storing the text section index if found.
1710 // Return whether we can find the linked section.
1712 find_linked_text_section(const unsigned char* pshdr
,
1713 const unsigned char* psyms
, unsigned int* pshndx
);
1716 // Make a new Arm_exidx_input_section object for EXIDX section with
1717 // index SHNDX and section header SHDR. TEXT_SHNDX is the section
1718 // index of the linked text section.
1720 make_exidx_input_section(unsigned int shndx
,
1721 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
1722 unsigned int text_shndx
,
1723 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& text_shdr
);
1725 // Return the output address of either a plain input section or a
1726 // relaxed input section. SHNDX is the section index.
1728 simple_input_section_output_address(unsigned int, Output_section
*);
1730 typedef std::vector
<Stub_table
<big_endian
>*> Stub_table_list
;
1731 typedef Unordered_map
<unsigned int, const Arm_exidx_input_section
*>
1734 // List of stub tables.
1735 Stub_table_list stub_tables_
;
1736 // Bit vector to tell if a local symbol is a thumb function or not.
1737 // This is only valid after do_count_local_symbol is called.
1738 std::vector
<bool> local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
;
1739 // processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
1740 elfcpp::Elf_Word processor_specific_flags_
;
1741 // Object attributes if there is an .ARM.attributes section or NULL.
1742 Attributes_section_data
* attributes_section_data_
;
1743 // Mapping symbols information.
1744 Mapping_symbols_info mapping_symbols_info_
;
1745 // Bitmap to indicate sections with Cortex-A8 workaround or NULL.
1746 std::vector
<bool>* section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
;
1747 // Map a text section to its associated .ARM.exidx section, if there is one.
1748 Exidx_section_map exidx_section_map_
;
1749 // Whether output local symbol count needs updating.
1750 bool output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
;
1751 // Whether we merge processor flags and attributes of this object to
1753 bool merge_flags_and_attributes_
;
1756 // Arm_dynobj class.
1758 template<bool big_endian
>
1759 class Arm_dynobj
: public Sized_dynobj
<32, big_endian
>
1762 Arm_dynobj(const std::string
& name
, Input_file
* input_file
, off_t offset
,
1763 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
>& ehdr
)
1764 : Sized_dynobj
<32, big_endian
>(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
),
1765 processor_specific_flags_(0), attributes_section_data_(NULL
)
1769 { delete this->attributes_section_data_
; }
1771 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_relobj pointer. This is
1772 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_relobj not the base class.
1773 static Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>*
1774 as_arm_dynobj(Dynobj
* dynobj
)
1775 { return static_cast<Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>*>(dynobj
); }
1777 // Processor-specific flags in ELF file header. This is valid only after
1780 processor_specific_flags() const
1781 { return this->processor_specific_flags_
; }
1783 // Attributes section data.
1784 const Attributes_section_data
*
1785 attributes_section_data() const
1786 { return this->attributes_section_data_
; }
1789 // Read the symbol information.
1791 do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data
* sd
);
1794 // processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
1795 elfcpp::Elf_Word processor_specific_flags_
;
1796 // Object attributes if there is an .ARM.attributes section or NULL.
1797 Attributes_section_data
* attributes_section_data_
;
1800 // Functor to read reloc addends during stub generation.
1802 template<int sh_type
, bool big_endian
>
1803 struct Stub_addend_reader
1805 // Return the addend for a relocation of a particular type. Depending
1806 // on whether this is a REL or RELA relocation, read the addend from a
1807 // view or from a Reloc object.
1808 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
1810 unsigned int /* r_type */,
1811 const unsigned char* /* view */,
1812 const typename Reloc_types
<sh_type
,
1813 32, big_endian
>::Reloc
& /* reloc */) const;
1816 // Specialized Stub_addend_reader for SHT_REL type relocation sections.
1818 template<bool big_endian
>
1819 struct Stub_addend_reader
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, big_endian
>
1821 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
1824 const unsigned char*,
1825 const typename Reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, 32, big_endian
>::Reloc
&) const;
1828 // Specialized Stub_addend_reader for RELA type relocation sections.
1829 // We currently do not handle RELA type relocation sections but it is trivial
1830 // to implement the addend reader. This is provided for completeness and to
1831 // make it easier to add support for RELA relocation sections in the future.
1833 template<bool big_endian
>
1834 struct Stub_addend_reader
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
, big_endian
>
1836 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
1839 const unsigned char*,
1840 const typename Reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
, 32,
1841 big_endian
>::Reloc
& reloc
) const
1842 { return reloc
.get_r_addend(); }
1845 // Cortex_a8_reloc class. We keep record of relocation that may need
1846 // the Cortex-A8 erratum workaround.
1848 class Cortex_a8_reloc
1851 Cortex_a8_reloc(Reloc_stub
* reloc_stub
, unsigned r_type
,
1852 Arm_address destination
)
1853 : reloc_stub_(reloc_stub
), r_type_(r_type
), destination_(destination
)
1859 // Accessors: This is a read-only class.
1861 // Return the relocation stub associated with this relocation if there is
1865 { return this->reloc_stub_
; }
1867 // Return the relocation type.
1870 { return this->r_type_
; }
1872 // Return the destination address of the relocation. LSB stores the THUMB
1876 { return this->destination_
; }
1879 // Associated relocation stub if there is one, or NULL.
1880 const Reloc_stub
* reloc_stub_
;
1882 unsigned int r_type_
;
1883 // Destination address of this relocation. LSB is used to distinguish
1885 Arm_address destination_
;
1888 // Arm_output_data_got class. We derive this from Output_data_got to add
1889 // extra methods to handle TLS relocations in a static link.
1891 template<bool big_endian
>
1892 class Arm_output_data_got
: public Output_data_got
<32, big_endian
>
1895 Arm_output_data_got(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
)
1896 : Output_data_got
<32, big_endian
>(), symbol_table_(symtab
), layout_(layout
)
1899 // Add a static entry for the GOT entry at OFFSET. GSYM is a global
1900 // symbol and R_TYPE is the code of a dynamic relocation that needs to be
1901 // applied in a static link.
1903 add_static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset
, unsigned int r_type
, Symbol
* gsym
)
1904 { this->static_relocs_
.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset
, r_type
, gsym
)); }
1906 // Add a static reloc for the GOT entry at OFFSET. RELOBJ is an object
1907 // defining a local symbol with INDEX. R_TYPE is the code of a dynamic
1908 // relocation that needs to be applied in a static link.
1910 add_static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset
, unsigned int r_type
,
1911 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* relobj
, unsigned int index
)
1913 this->static_relocs_
.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset
, r_type
, relobj
,
1917 // Add a GOT pair for R_ARM_TLS_GD32. The creates a pair of GOT entries.
1918 // The first one is initialized to be 1, which is the module index for
1919 // the main executable and the second one 0. A reloc of the type
1920 // R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32 will be created for the second GOT entry and will
1921 // be applied by gold. GSYM is a global symbol.
1923 add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(unsigned int got_type
, Symbol
* gsym
);
1925 // Same as the above but for a local symbol in OBJECT with INDEX.
1927 add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(unsigned int got_type
,
1928 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
1929 unsigned int index
);
1932 // Write out the GOT table.
1934 do_write(Output_file
*);
1937 // This class represent dynamic relocations that need to be applied by
1938 // gold because we are using TLS relocations in a static link.
1942 Static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset
, unsigned int r_type
, Symbol
* gsym
)
1943 : got_offset_(got_offset
), r_type_(r_type
), symbol_is_global_(true)
1944 { this->u_
.global
.symbol
= gsym
; }
1946 Static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset
, unsigned int r_type
,
1947 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* relobj
, unsigned int index
)
1948 : got_offset_(got_offset
), r_type_(r_type
), symbol_is_global_(false)
1950 this->u_
.local
.relobj
= relobj
;
1951 this->u_
.local
.index
= index
;
1954 // Return the GOT offset.
1957 { return this->got_offset_
; }
1962 { return this->r_type_
; }
1964 // Whether the symbol is global or not.
1966 symbol_is_global() const
1967 { return this->symbol_is_global_
; }
1969 // For a relocation against a global symbol, the global symbol.
1973 gold_assert(this->symbol_is_global_
);
1974 return this->u_
.global
.symbol
;
1977 // For a relocation against a local symbol, the defining object.
1978 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>*
1981 gold_assert(!this->symbol_is_global_
);
1982 return this->u_
.local
.relobj
;
1985 // For a relocation against a local symbol, the local symbol index.
1989 gold_assert(!this->symbol_is_global_
);
1990 return this->u_
.local
.index
;
1994 // GOT offset of the entry to which this relocation is applied.
1995 unsigned int got_offset_
;
1996 // Type of relocation.
1997 unsigned int r_type_
;
1998 // Whether this relocation is against a global symbol.
1999 bool symbol_is_global_
;
2000 // A global or local symbol.
2005 // For a global symbol, the symbol itself.
2010 // For a local symbol, the object defining object.
2011 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* relobj
;
2012 // For a local symbol, the symbol index.
2018 // Symbol table of the output object.
2019 Symbol_table
* symbol_table_
;
2020 // Layout of the output object.
2022 // Static relocs to be applied to the GOT.
2023 std::vector
<Static_reloc
> static_relocs_
;
2026 // The ARM target has many relocation types with odd-sizes or incontigious
2027 // bits. The default handling of relocatable relocation cannot process these
2028 // relocations. So we have to extend the default code.
2030 template<bool big_endian
, int sh_type
, typename Classify_reloc
>
2031 class Arm_scan_relocatable_relocs
:
2032 public Default_scan_relocatable_relocs
<sh_type
, Classify_reloc
>
2035 // Return the strategy to use for a local symbol which is a section
2036 // symbol, given the relocation type.
2037 inline Relocatable_relocs::Reloc_strategy
2038 local_section_strategy(unsigned int r_type
, Relobj
*)
2040 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
2041 return Relocatable_relocs::RELOC_ADJUST_FOR_SECTION_RELA
;
2044 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
2045 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2
)
2047 const Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
=
2048 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::default_target();
2049 r_type
= arm_target
->get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
2054 // Relocations that write nothing. These exclude R_ARM_TARGET1
2055 // and R_ARM_TARGET2.
2056 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
2057 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
:
2058 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GOTDESC
:
2059 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_CALL
:
2060 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DESCSEQ
:
2061 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_TLS_CALL
:
2062 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTRELAX
:
2063 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTENTRY
:
2064 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
2065 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_TLS_DESCSEQ16
:
2066 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_TLS_DESCSEQ32
:
2067 return Relocatable_relocs::RELOC_ADJUST_FOR_SECTION_0
;
2068 // These should have been converted to something else above.
2069 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
:
2070 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2
:
2072 // Relocations that write full 32 bits.
2073 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
2074 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
:
2075 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL32
:
2076 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32
:
2077 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL
:
2078 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
2079 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
:
2080 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
2081 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32_NOI
:
2082 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32_ABS
:
2083 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_ABS
:
2084 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
2085 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
:
2086 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
:
2087 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
:
2088 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
:
2089 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
:
2090 return Relocatable_relocs::RELOC_ADJUST_FOR_SECTION_4
;
2092 // For all other static relocations, return RELOC_SPECIAL.
2093 return Relocatable_relocs::RELOC_SPECIAL
;
2099 // Utilities for manipulating integers of up to 32-bits
2103 // Sign extend an n-bit unsigned integer stored in an uint32_t into
2104 // an int32_t. NO_BITS must be between 1 to 32.
2105 template<int no_bits
>
2106 static inline int32_t
2107 sign_extend(uint32_t bits
)
2109 gold_assert(no_bits
>= 0 && no_bits
<= 32);
2111 return static_cast<int32_t>(bits
);
2112 uint32_t mask
= (~((uint32_t) 0)) >> (32 - no_bits
);
2114 uint32_t top_bit
= 1U << (no_bits
- 1);
2115 int32_t as_signed
= static_cast<int32_t>(bits
);
2116 return (bits
& top_bit
) ? as_signed
+ (-top_bit
* 2) : as_signed
;
2119 // Detects overflow of an NO_BITS integer stored in a uint32_t.
2120 template<int no_bits
>
2122 has_overflow(uint32_t bits
)
2124 gold_assert(no_bits
>= 0 && no_bits
<= 32);
2127 int32_t max
= (1 << (no_bits
- 1)) - 1;
2128 int32_t min
= -(1 << (no_bits
- 1));
2129 int32_t as_signed
= static_cast<int32_t>(bits
);
2130 return as_signed
> max
|| as_signed
< min
;
2133 // Detects overflow of an NO_BITS integer stored in a uint32_t when it
2134 // fits in the given number of bits as either a signed or unsigned value.
2135 // For example, has_signed_unsigned_overflow<8> would check
2136 // -128 <= bits <= 255
2137 template<int no_bits
>
2139 has_signed_unsigned_overflow(uint32_t bits
)
2141 gold_assert(no_bits
>= 2 && no_bits
<= 32);
2144 int32_t max
= static_cast<int32_t>((1U << no_bits
) - 1);
2145 int32_t min
= -(1 << (no_bits
- 1));
2146 int32_t as_signed
= static_cast<int32_t>(bits
);
2147 return as_signed
> max
|| as_signed
< min
;
2150 // Select bits from A and B using bits in MASK. For each n in [0..31],
2151 // the n-th bit in the result is chosen from the n-th bits of A and B.
2152 // A zero selects A and a one selects B.
2153 static inline uint32_t
2154 bit_select(uint32_t a
, uint32_t b
, uint32_t mask
)
2155 { return (a
& ~mask
) | (b
& mask
); }
2158 template<bool big_endian
>
2159 class Target_arm
: public Sized_target
<32, big_endian
>
2162 typedef Output_data_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, true, 32, big_endian
>
2165 // When were are relocating a stub, we pass this as the relocation number.
2166 static const size_t fake_relnum_for_stubs
= static_cast<size_t>(-1);
2169 : Sized_target
<32, big_endian
>(&arm_info
),
2170 got_(NULL
), plt_(NULL
), got_plt_(NULL
), rel_dyn_(NULL
),
2171 copy_relocs_(elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY
), dynbss_(NULL
),
2172 got_mod_index_offset_(-1U), tls_base_symbol_defined_(false),
2173 stub_tables_(), stub_factory_(Stub_factory::get_instance()),
2174 may_use_blx_(false), should_force_pic_veneer_(false),
2175 arm_input_section_map_(), attributes_section_data_(NULL
),
2176 fix_cortex_a8_(false), cortex_a8_relocs_info_()
2179 // Virtual function which is set to return true by a target if
2180 // it can use relocation types to determine if a function's
2181 // pointer is taken.
2183 can_check_for_function_pointers() const
2186 // Whether a section called SECTION_NAME may have function pointers to
2187 // sections not eligible for safe ICF folding.
2189 section_may_have_icf_unsafe_pointers(const char* section_name
) const
2191 return (!is_prefix_of(".ARM.exidx", section_name
)
2192 && !is_prefix_of(".ARM.extab", section_name
)
2193 && Target::section_may_have_icf_unsafe_pointers(section_name
));
2196 // Whether we can use BLX.
2199 { return this->may_use_blx_
; }
2201 // Set use-BLX flag.
2203 set_may_use_blx(bool value
)
2204 { this->may_use_blx_
= value
; }
2206 // Whether we force PCI branch veneers.
2208 should_force_pic_veneer() const
2209 { return this->should_force_pic_veneer_
; }
2211 // Set PIC veneer flag.
2213 set_should_force_pic_veneer(bool value
)
2214 { this->should_force_pic_veneer_
= value
; }
2216 // Whether we use THUMB-2 instructions.
2218 using_thumb2() const
2220 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2221 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
2222 int arch
= attr
->int_value();
2223 return arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2
|| arch
>= elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
;
2226 // Whether we use THUMB/THUMB-2 instructions only.
2228 using_thumb_only() const
2230 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2231 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
2233 if (attr
->int_value() == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6_M
2234 || attr
->int_value() == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6S_M
)
2236 if (attr
->int_value() != elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
2237 && attr
->int_value() != elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M
)
2239 attr
= this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch_profile
);
2240 return attr
->int_value() == 'M';
2243 // Whether we have an NOP instruction. If not, use mov r0, r0 instead.
2245 may_use_arm_nop() const
2247 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2248 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
2249 int arch
= attr
->int_value();
2250 return (arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2
2251 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6K
2252 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
2253 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M
);
2256 // Whether we have THUMB-2 NOP.W instruction.
2258 may_use_thumb2_nop() const
2260 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2261 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
2262 int arch
= attr
->int_value();
2263 return (arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2
2264 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
2265 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M
);
2268 // Process the relocations to determine unreferenced sections for
2269 // garbage collection.
2271 gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
2273 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2274 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2275 unsigned int sh_type
,
2276 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2278 Output_section
* output_section
,
2279 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2280 size_t local_symbol_count
,
2281 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
);
2283 // Scan the relocations to look for symbol adjustments.
2285 scan_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
2287 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2288 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2289 unsigned int sh_type
,
2290 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2292 Output_section
* output_section
,
2293 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2294 size_t local_symbol_count
,
2295 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
);
2297 // Finalize the sections.
2299 do_finalize_sections(Layout
*, const Input_objects
*, Symbol_table
*);
2301 // Return the value to use for a dynamic symbol which requires special
2304 do_dynsym_value(const Symbol
*) const;
2306 // Relocate a section.
2308 relocate_section(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
2309 unsigned int sh_type
,
2310 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2312 Output_section
* output_section
,
2313 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2314 unsigned char* view
,
2315 Arm_address view_address
,
2316 section_size_type view_size
,
2317 const Reloc_symbol_changes
*);
2319 // Scan the relocs during a relocatable link.
2321 scan_relocatable_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
2323 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2324 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2325 unsigned int sh_type
,
2326 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2328 Output_section
* output_section
,
2329 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2330 size_t local_symbol_count
,
2331 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
,
2332 Relocatable_relocs
*);
2334 // Relocate a section during a relocatable link.
2336 relocate_for_relocatable(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
2337 unsigned int sh_type
,
2338 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2340 Output_section
* output_section
,
2341 off_t offset_in_output_section
,
2342 const Relocatable_relocs
*,
2343 unsigned char* view
,
2344 Arm_address view_address
,
2345 section_size_type view_size
,
2346 unsigned char* reloc_view
,
2347 section_size_type reloc_view_size
);
2349 // Perform target-specific processing in a relocatable link. This is
2350 // only used if we use the relocation strategy RELOC_SPECIAL.
2352 relocate_special_relocatable(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
2353 unsigned int sh_type
,
2354 const unsigned char* preloc_in
,
2356 Output_section
* output_section
,
2357 off_t offset_in_output_section
,
2358 unsigned char* view
,
2359 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr
2361 section_size_type view_size
,
2362 unsigned char* preloc_out
);
2364 // Return whether SYM is defined by the ABI.
2366 do_is_defined_by_abi(Symbol
* sym
) const
2367 { return strcmp(sym
->name(), "__tls_get_addr") == 0; }
2369 // Return whether there is a GOT section.
2371 has_got_section() const
2372 { return this->got_
!= NULL
; }
2374 // Return the size of the GOT section.
2378 gold_assert(this->got_
!= NULL
);
2379 return this->got_
->data_size();
2382 // Return the number of entries in the GOT.
2384 got_entry_count() const
2386 if (!this->has_got_section())
2388 return this->got_size() / 4;
2391 // Return the number of entries in the PLT.
2393 plt_entry_count() const;
2395 // Return the offset of the first non-reserved PLT entry.
2397 first_plt_entry_offset() const;
2399 // Return the size of each PLT entry.
2401 plt_entry_size() const;
2403 // Map platform-specific reloc types
2405 get_real_reloc_type(unsigned int r_type
);
2408 // Methods to support stub-generations.
2411 // Return the stub factory
2413 stub_factory() const
2414 { return this->stub_factory_
; }
2416 // Make a new Arm_input_section object.
2417 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
2418 new_arm_input_section(Relobj
*, unsigned int);
2420 // Find the Arm_input_section object corresponding to the SHNDX-th input
2421 // section of RELOBJ.
2422 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
2423 find_arm_input_section(Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
) const;
2425 // Make a new Stub_table
2426 Stub_table
<big_endian
>*
2427 new_stub_table(Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*);
2429 // Scan a section for stub generation.
2431 scan_section_for_stubs(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
2432 const unsigned char*, size_t, Output_section
*,
2433 bool, const unsigned char*, Arm_address
,
2438 relocate_stub(Stub
*, const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
2439 Output_section
*, unsigned char*, Arm_address
,
2442 // Get the default ARM target.
2443 static Target_arm
<big_endian
>*
2446 gold_assert(parameters
->target().machine_code() == elfcpp::EM_ARM
2447 && parameters
->target().is_big_endian() == big_endian
);
2448 return static_cast<Target_arm
<big_endian
>*>(
2449 parameters
->sized_target
<32, big_endian
>());
2452 // Whether NAME belongs to a mapping symbol.
2454 is_mapping_symbol_name(const char* name
)
2458 && (name
[1] == 'a' || name
[1] == 't' || name
[1] == 'd')
2459 && (name
[2] == '\0' || name
[2] == '.'));
2462 // Whether we work around the Cortex-A8 erratum.
2464 fix_cortex_a8() const
2465 { return this->fix_cortex_a8_
; }
2467 // Whether we merge exidx entries in debuginfo.
2469 merge_exidx_entries() const
2470 { return parameters
->options().merge_exidx_entries(); }
2472 // Whether we fix R_ARM_V4BX relocation.
2474 // 1 - replace with MOV instruction (armv4 target)
2475 // 2 - make interworking veneer (>= armv4t targets only)
2476 General_options::Fix_v4bx
2478 { return parameters
->options().fix_v4bx(); }
2480 // Scan a span of THUMB code section for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2482 scan_span_for_cortex_a8_erratum(Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
2483 section_size_type
, section_size_type
,
2484 const unsigned char*, Arm_address
);
2486 // Apply Cortex-A8 workaround to a branch.
2488 apply_cortex_a8_workaround(const Cortex_a8_stub
*, Arm_address
,
2489 unsigned char*, Arm_address
);
2492 // Make an ELF object.
2494 do_make_elf_object(const std::string
&, Input_file
*, off_t
,
2495 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
>& ehdr
);
2498 do_make_elf_object(const std::string
&, Input_file
*, off_t
,
2499 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, !big_endian
>&)
2500 { gold_unreachable(); }
2503 do_make_elf_object(const std::string
&, Input_file
*, off_t
,
2504 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<64, false>&)
2505 { gold_unreachable(); }
2508 do_make_elf_object(const std::string
&, Input_file
*, off_t
,
2509 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<64, true>&)
2510 { gold_unreachable(); }
2512 // Make an output section.
2514 do_make_output_section(const char* name
, elfcpp::Elf_Word type
,
2515 elfcpp::Elf_Xword flags
)
2516 { return new Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>(name
, type
, flags
); }
2519 do_adjust_elf_header(unsigned char* view
, int len
) const;
2521 // We only need to generate stubs, and hence perform relaxation if we are
2522 // not doing relocatable linking.
2524 do_may_relax() const
2525 { return !parameters
->options().relocatable(); }
2528 do_relax(int, const Input_objects
*, Symbol_table
*, Layout
*, const Task
*);
2530 // Determine whether an object attribute tag takes an integer, a
2533 do_attribute_arg_type(int tag
) const;
2535 // Reorder tags during output.
2537 do_attributes_order(int num
) const;
2539 // This is called when the target is selected as the default.
2541 do_select_as_default_target()
2543 // No locking is required since there should only be one default target.
2544 // We cannot have both the big-endian and little-endian ARM targets
2546 gold_assert(arm_reloc_property_table
== NULL
);
2547 arm_reloc_property_table
= new Arm_reloc_property_table();
2551 // The class which scans relocations.
2556 : issued_non_pic_error_(false)
2560 local(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
, Target_arm
* target
,
2561 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2562 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2563 Output_section
* output_section
,
2564 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
, unsigned int r_type
,
2565 const elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
>& lsym
);
2568 global(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
, Target_arm
* target
,
2569 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2570 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2571 Output_section
* output_section
,
2572 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
, unsigned int r_type
,
2576 local_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(Symbol_table
* , Layout
* , Target_arm
* ,
2577 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* ,
2580 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& ,
2582 const elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
>&);
2585 global_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(Symbol_table
* , Layout
* , Target_arm
* ,
2586 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* ,
2589 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& ,
2590 unsigned int , Symbol
*);
2594 unsupported_reloc_local(Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>*,
2595 unsigned int r_type
);
2598 unsupported_reloc_global(Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>*,
2599 unsigned int r_type
, Symbol
*);
2602 check_non_pic(Relobj
*, unsigned int r_type
);
2604 // Almost identical to Symbol::needs_plt_entry except that it also
2605 // handles STT_ARM_TFUNC.
2607 symbol_needs_plt_entry(const Symbol
* sym
)
2609 // An undefined symbol from an executable does not need a PLT entry.
2610 if (sym
->is_undefined() && !parameters
->options().shared())
2613 return (!parameters
->doing_static_link()
2614 && (sym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_FUNC
2615 || sym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
)
2616 && (sym
->is_from_dynobj()
2617 || sym
->is_undefined()
2618 || sym
->is_preemptible()));
2622 possible_function_pointer_reloc(unsigned int r_type
);
2624 // Whether we have issued an error about a non-PIC compilation.
2625 bool issued_non_pic_error_
;
2628 // The class which implements relocation.
2638 // Return whether the static relocation needs to be applied.
2640 should_apply_static_reloc(const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
2643 Output_section
* output_section
);
2645 // Do a relocation. Return false if the caller should not issue
2646 // any warnings about this relocation.
2648 relocate(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*, Target_arm
*,
2649 Output_section
*, size_t relnum
,
2650 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>&,
2651 unsigned int r_type
, const Sized_symbol
<32>*,
2652 const Symbol_value
<32>*,
2653 unsigned char*, Arm_address
,
2656 // Return whether we want to pass flag NON_PIC_REF for this
2657 // reloc. This means the relocation type accesses a symbol not via
2660 reloc_is_non_pic(unsigned int r_type
)
2664 // These relocation types reference GOT or PLT entries explicitly.
2665 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
2666 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_ABS
:
2667 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
2668 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL12
:
2669 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32_ABS
:
2670 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
:
2671 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
:
2672 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
:
2673 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE12GP
:
2675 // These relocate types may use PLT entries.
2676 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
2677 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
2678 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
2679 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
2680 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
2681 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
2682 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
:
2683 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
2684 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31
:
2693 // Do a TLS relocation.
2694 inline typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
2695 relocate_tls(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*, Target_arm
<big_endian
>*,
2696 size_t, const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>&, unsigned int,
2697 const Sized_symbol
<32>*, const Symbol_value
<32>*,
2698 unsigned char*, elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr
,
2703 // A class which returns the size required for a relocation type,
2704 // used while scanning relocs during a relocatable link.
2705 class Relocatable_size_for_reloc
2709 get_size_for_reloc(unsigned int, Relobj
*);
2712 // Adjust TLS relocation type based on the options and whether this
2713 // is a local symbol.
2714 static tls::Tls_optimization
2715 optimize_tls_reloc(bool is_final
, int r_type
);
2717 // Get the GOT section, creating it if necessary.
2718 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>*
2719 got_section(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*);
2721 // Get the GOT PLT section.
2723 got_plt_section() const
2725 gold_assert(this->got_plt_
!= NULL
);
2726 return this->got_plt_
;
2729 // Create a PLT entry for a global symbol.
2731 make_plt_entry(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*, Symbol
*);
2733 // Define the _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol in the TLS segment.
2735 define_tls_base_symbol(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*);
2737 // Create a GOT entry for the TLS module index.
2739 got_mod_index_entry(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
,
2740 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
);
2742 // Get the PLT section.
2743 const Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>*
2746 gold_assert(this->plt_
!= NULL
);
2750 // Get the dynamic reloc section, creating it if necessary.
2752 rel_dyn_section(Layout
*);
2754 // Get the section to use for TLS_DESC relocations.
2756 rel_tls_desc_section(Layout
*) const;
2758 // Return true if the symbol may need a COPY relocation.
2759 // References from an executable object to non-function symbols
2760 // defined in a dynamic object may need a COPY relocation.
2762 may_need_copy_reloc(Symbol
* gsym
)
2764 return (gsym
->type() != elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
2765 && gsym
->may_need_copy_reloc());
2768 // Add a potential copy relocation.
2770 copy_reloc(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
,
2771 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2772 unsigned int shndx
, Output_section
* output_section
,
2773 Symbol
* sym
, const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
)
2775 this->copy_relocs_
.copy_reloc(symtab
, layout
,
2776 symtab
->get_sized_symbol
<32>(sym
),
2777 object
, shndx
, output_section
, reloc
,
2778 this->rel_dyn_section(layout
));
2781 // Whether two EABI versions are compatible.
2783 are_eabi_versions_compatible(elfcpp::Elf_Word v1
, elfcpp::Elf_Word v2
);
2785 // Merge processor-specific flags from input object and those in the ELF
2786 // header of the output.
2788 merge_processor_specific_flags(const std::string
&, elfcpp::Elf_Word
);
2790 // Get the secondary compatible architecture.
2792 get_secondary_compatible_arch(const Attributes_section_data
*);
2794 // Set the secondary compatible architecture.
2796 set_secondary_compatible_arch(Attributes_section_data
*, int);
2799 tag_cpu_arch_combine(const char*, int, int*, int, int);
2801 // Helper to print AEABI enum tag value.
2803 aeabi_enum_name(unsigned int);
2805 // Return string value for TAG_CPU_name.
2807 tag_cpu_name_value(unsigned int);
2809 // Merge object attributes from input object and those in the output.
2811 merge_object_attributes(const char*, const Attributes_section_data
*);
2813 // Helper to get an AEABI object attribute
2815 get_aeabi_object_attribute(int tag
) const
2817 Attributes_section_data
* pasd
= this->attributes_section_data_
;
2818 gold_assert(pasd
!= NULL
);
2819 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2820 pasd
->get_attribute(Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC
, tag
);
2821 gold_assert(attr
!= NULL
);
2826 // Methods to support stub-generations.
2829 // Group input sections for stub generation.
2831 group_sections(Layout
*, section_size_type
, bool, const Task
*);
2833 // Scan a relocation for stub generation.
2835 scan_reloc_for_stub(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
2836 const Sized_symbol
<32>*, unsigned int,
2837 const Symbol_value
<32>*,
2838 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
, Arm_address
);
2840 // Scan a relocation section for stub.
2841 template<int sh_type
>
2843 scan_reloc_section_for_stubs(
2844 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
2845 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2847 Output_section
* output_section
,
2848 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2849 const unsigned char* view
,
2850 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr view_address
,
2853 // Fix .ARM.exidx section coverage.
2855 fix_exidx_coverage(Layout
*, const Input_objects
*,
2856 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>*, Symbol_table
*,
2859 // Functors for STL set.
2860 struct output_section_address_less_than
2863 operator()(const Output_section
* s1
, const Output_section
* s2
) const
2864 { return s1
->address() < s2
->address(); }
2867 // Information about this specific target which we pass to the
2868 // general Target structure.
2869 static const Target::Target_info arm_info
;
2871 // The types of GOT entries needed for this platform.
2872 // These values are exposed to the ABI in an incremental link.
2873 // Do not renumber existing values without changing the version
2874 // number of the .gnu_incremental_inputs section.
2877 GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
= 0, // GOT entry for a regular symbol
2878 GOT_TYPE_TLS_NOFFSET
= 1, // GOT entry for negative TLS offset
2879 GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
= 2, // GOT entry for positive TLS offset
2880 GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
= 3, // GOT entry for TLS module/offset pair
2881 GOT_TYPE_TLS_DESC
= 4 // GOT entry for TLS_DESC pair
2884 typedef typename
std::vector
<Stub_table
<big_endian
>*> Stub_table_list
;
2886 // Map input section to Arm_input_section.
2887 typedef Unordered_map
<Section_id
,
2888 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*,
2890 Arm_input_section_map
;
2892 // Map output addresses to relocs for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2893 typedef Unordered_map
<Arm_address
, const Cortex_a8_reloc
*>
2894 Cortex_a8_relocs_info
;
2897 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got_
;
2899 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>* plt_
;
2900 // The GOT PLT section.
2901 Output_data_space
* got_plt_
;
2902 // The dynamic reloc section.
2903 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn_
;
2904 // Relocs saved to avoid a COPY reloc.
2905 Copy_relocs
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, 32, big_endian
> copy_relocs_
;
2906 // Space for variables copied with a COPY reloc.
2907 Output_data_space
* dynbss_
;
2908 // Offset of the GOT entry for the TLS module index.
2909 unsigned int got_mod_index_offset_
;
2910 // True if the _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol has been defined.
2911 bool tls_base_symbol_defined_
;
2912 // Vector of Stub_tables created.
2913 Stub_table_list stub_tables_
;
2915 const Stub_factory
&stub_factory_
;
2916 // Whether we can use BLX.
2918 // Whether we force PIC branch veneers.
2919 bool should_force_pic_veneer_
;
2920 // Map for locating Arm_input_sections.
2921 Arm_input_section_map arm_input_section_map_
;
2922 // Attributes section data in output.
2923 Attributes_section_data
* attributes_section_data_
;
2924 // Whether we want to fix code for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2925 bool fix_cortex_a8_
;
2926 // Map addresses to relocs for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2927 Cortex_a8_relocs_info cortex_a8_relocs_info_
;
2930 template<bool big_endian
>
2931 const Target::Target_info Target_arm
<big_endian
>::arm_info
=
2934 big_endian
, // is_big_endian
2935 elfcpp::EM_ARM
, // machine_code
2936 false, // has_make_symbol
2937 false, // has_resolve
2938 false, // has_code_fill
2939 true, // is_default_stack_executable
2941 "/usr/lib/libc.so.1", // dynamic_linker
2942 0x8000, // default_text_segment_address
2943 0x1000, // abi_pagesize (overridable by -z max-page-size)
2944 0x1000, // common_pagesize (overridable by -z common-page-size)
2945 elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
, // small_common_shndx
2946 elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
, // large_common_shndx
2947 0, // small_common_section_flags
2948 0, // large_common_section_flags
2949 ".ARM.attributes", // attributes_section
2950 "aeabi" // attributes_vendor
2953 // Arm relocate functions class
2956 template<bool big_endian
>
2957 class Arm_relocate_functions
: public Relocate_functions
<32, big_endian
>
2962 STATUS_OKAY
, // No error during relocation.
2963 STATUS_OVERFLOW
, // Relocation oveflow.
2964 STATUS_BAD_RELOC
// Relocation cannot be applied.
2968 typedef Relocate_functions
<32, big_endian
> Base
;
2969 typedef Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> This
;
2971 // Encoding of imm16 argument for movt and movw ARM instructions
2974 // imm16 := imm4 | imm12
2976 // f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
2977 // +-------+---------------+-------+-------+-----------------------+
2978 // | | |imm4 | |imm12 |
2979 // +-------+---------------+-------+-------+-----------------------+
2981 // Extract the relocation addend from VAL based on the ARM
2982 // instruction encoding described above.
2983 static inline typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
2984 extract_arm_movw_movt_addend(
2985 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype val
)
2987 // According to the Elf ABI for ARM Architecture the immediate
2988 // field is sign-extended to form the addend.
2989 return utils::sign_extend
<16>(((val
>> 4) & 0xf000) | (val
& 0xfff));
2992 // Insert X into VAL based on the ARM instruction encoding described
2994 static inline typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
2995 insert_val_arm_movw_movt(
2996 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype val
,
2997 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype x
)
3001 val
|= (x
& 0xf000) << 4;
3005 // Encoding of imm16 argument for movt and movw Thumb2 instructions
3008 // imm16 := imm4 | i | imm3 | imm8
3010 // f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
3011 // +---------+-+-----------+-------++-+-----+-------+---------------+
3012 // | |i| |imm4 || |imm3 | |imm8 |
3013 // +---------+-+-----------+-------++-+-----+-------+---------------+
3015 // Extract the relocation addend from VAL based on the Thumb2
3016 // instruction encoding described above.
3017 static inline typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
3018 extract_thumb_movw_movt_addend(
3019 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype val
)
3021 // According to the Elf ABI for ARM Architecture the immediate
3022 // field is sign-extended to form the addend.
3023 return utils::sign_extend
<16>(((val
>> 4) & 0xf000)
3024 | ((val
>> 15) & 0x0800)
3025 | ((val
>> 4) & 0x0700)
3029 // Insert X into VAL based on the Thumb2 instruction encoding
3031 static inline typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
3032 insert_val_thumb_movw_movt(
3033 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype val
,
3034 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype x
)
3037 val
|= (x
& 0xf000) << 4;
3038 val
|= (x
& 0x0800) << 15;
3039 val
|= (x
& 0x0700) << 4;
3040 val
|= (x
& 0x00ff);
3044 // Calculate the smallest constant Kn for the specified residual.
3045 // (see (AAELF 4.6.1.4 Static ARM relocations, Group Relocations, p.32)
3047 calc_grp_kn(typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype residual
)
3053 // Determine the most significant bit in the residual and
3054 // align the resulting value to a 2-bit boundary.
3055 for (msb
= 30; (msb
>= 0) && !(residual
& (3 << msb
)); msb
-= 2)
3057 // The desired shift is now (msb - 6), or zero, whichever
3059 return (((msb
- 6) < 0) ? 0 : (msb
- 6));
3062 // Calculate the final residual for the specified group index.
3063 // If the passed group index is less than zero, the method will return
3064 // the value of the specified residual without any change.
3065 // (see (AAELF 4.6.1.4 Static ARM relocations, Group Relocations, p.32)
3066 static typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
3067 calc_grp_residual(typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype residual
,
3070 for (int n
= 0; n
<= group
; n
++)
3072 // Calculate which part of the value to mask.
3073 uint32_t shift
= calc_grp_kn(residual
);
3074 // Calculate the residual for the next time around.
3075 residual
&= ~(residual
& (0xff << shift
));
3081 // Calculate the value of Gn for the specified group index.
3082 // We return it in the form of an encoded constant-and-rotation.
3083 // (see (AAELF 4.6.1.4 Static ARM relocations, Group Relocations, p.32)
3084 static typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
3085 calc_grp_gn(typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype residual
,
3088 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype gn
= 0;
3091 for (int n
= 0; n
<= group
; n
++)
3093 // Calculate which part of the value to mask.
3094 shift
= calc_grp_kn(residual
);
3095 // Calculate Gn in 32-bit as well as encoded constant-and-rotation form.
3096 gn
= residual
& (0xff << shift
);
3097 // Calculate the residual for the next time around.
3100 // Return Gn in the form of an encoded constant-and-rotation.
3101 return ((gn
>> shift
) | ((gn
<= 0xff ? 0 : (32 - shift
) / 2) << 8));
3105 // Handle ARM long branches.
3106 static typename
This::Status
3107 arm_branch_common(unsigned int, const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
3108 unsigned char*, const Sized_symbol
<32>*,
3109 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
3110 const Symbol_value
<32>*, Arm_address
, Arm_address
, bool);
3112 // Handle THUMB long branches.
3113 static typename
This::Status
3114 thumb_branch_common(unsigned int, const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
3115 unsigned char*, const Sized_symbol
<32>*,
3116 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
3117 const Symbol_value
<32>*, Arm_address
, Arm_address
, bool);
3120 // Return the branch offset of a 32-bit THUMB branch.
3121 static inline int32_t
3122 thumb32_branch_offset(uint16_t upper_insn
, uint16_t lower_insn
)
3124 // We use the Thumb-2 encoding (backwards compatible with Thumb-1)
3125 // involving the J1 and J2 bits.
3126 uint32_t s
= (upper_insn
& (1U << 10)) >> 10;
3127 uint32_t upper
= upper_insn
& 0x3ffU
;
3128 uint32_t lower
= lower_insn
& 0x7ffU
;
3129 uint32_t j1
= (lower_insn
& (1U << 13)) >> 13;
3130 uint32_t j2
= (lower_insn
& (1U << 11)) >> 11;
3131 uint32_t i1
= j1
^ s
? 0 : 1;
3132 uint32_t i2
= j2
^ s
? 0 : 1;
3134 return utils::sign_extend
<25>((s
<< 24) | (i1
<< 23) | (i2
<< 22)
3135 | (upper
<< 12) | (lower
<< 1));
3138 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB branch and return the upper instruction.
3139 // UPPER_INSN is the original upper instruction of the branch. Caller is
3140 // responsible for overflow checking and BLX offset adjustment.
3141 static inline uint16_t
3142 thumb32_branch_upper(uint16_t upper_insn
, int32_t offset
)
3144 uint32_t s
= offset
< 0 ? 1 : 0;
3145 uint32_t bits
= static_cast<uint32_t>(offset
);
3146 return (upper_insn
& ~0x7ffU
) | ((bits
>> 12) & 0x3ffU
) | (s
<< 10);
3149 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB branch and return the lower instruction.
3150 // LOWER_INSN is the original lower instruction of the branch. Caller is
3151 // responsible for overflow checking and BLX offset adjustment.
3152 static inline uint16_t
3153 thumb32_branch_lower(uint16_t lower_insn
, int32_t offset
)
3155 uint32_t s
= offset
< 0 ? 1 : 0;
3156 uint32_t bits
= static_cast<uint32_t>(offset
);
3157 return ((lower_insn
& ~0x2fffU
)
3158 | ((((bits
>> 23) & 1) ^ !s
) << 13)
3159 | ((((bits
>> 22) & 1) ^ !s
) << 11)
3160 | ((bits
>> 1) & 0x7ffU
));
3163 // Return the branch offset of a 32-bit THUMB conditional branch.
3164 static inline int32_t
3165 thumb32_cond_branch_offset(uint16_t upper_insn
, uint16_t lower_insn
)
3167 uint32_t s
= (upper_insn
& 0x0400U
) >> 10;
3168 uint32_t j1
= (lower_insn
& 0x2000U
) >> 13;
3169 uint32_t j2
= (lower_insn
& 0x0800U
) >> 11;
3170 uint32_t lower
= (lower_insn
& 0x07ffU
);
3171 uint32_t upper
= (s
<< 8) | (j2
<< 7) | (j1
<< 6) | (upper_insn
& 0x003fU
);
3173 return utils::sign_extend
<21>((upper
<< 12) | (lower
<< 1));
3176 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB conditional branch and return the upper
3177 // instruction. UPPER_INSN is the original upper instruction of the branch.
3178 // Caller is responsible for overflow checking.
3179 static inline uint16_t
3180 thumb32_cond_branch_upper(uint16_t upper_insn
, int32_t offset
)
3182 uint32_t s
= offset
< 0 ? 1 : 0;
3183 uint32_t bits
= static_cast<uint32_t>(offset
);
3184 return (upper_insn
& 0xfbc0U
) | (s
<< 10) | ((bits
& 0x0003f000U
) >> 12);
3187 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB conditional branch and return the lower
3188 // instruction. LOWER_INSN is the original lower instruction of the branch.
3189 // Caller is reponsible for overflow checking.
3190 static inline uint16_t
3191 thumb32_cond_branch_lower(uint16_t lower_insn
, int32_t offset
)
3193 uint32_t bits
= static_cast<uint32_t>(offset
);
3194 uint32_t j2
= (bits
& 0x00080000U
) >> 19;
3195 uint32_t j1
= (bits
& 0x00040000U
) >> 18;
3196 uint32_t lo
= (bits
& 0x00000ffeU
) >> 1;
3198 return (lower_insn
& 0xd000U
) | (j1
<< 13) | (j2
<< 11) | lo
;
3201 // R_ARM_ABS8: S + A
3202 static inline typename
This::Status
3203 abs8(unsigned char* view
,
3204 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3205 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
)
3207 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<8, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3208 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3209 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3210 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<8, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3211 Reltype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<8>(val
);
3212 Reltype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3213 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, x
, 0xffU
);
3214 elfcpp::Swap
<8, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3216 // R_ARM_ABS8 permits signed or unsigned results.
3217 int signed_x
= static_cast<int32_t>(x
);
3218 return ((signed_x
< -128 || signed_x
> 255)
3219 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3220 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3223 // R_ARM_THM_ABS5: S + A
3224 static inline typename
This::Status
3225 thm_abs5(unsigned char* view
,
3226 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3227 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
)
3229 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3230 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3231 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3232 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3233 Reltype addend
= (val
& 0x7e0U
) >> 6;
3234 Reltype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3235 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, x
<< 6, 0x7e0U
);
3236 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3238 // R_ARM_ABS16 permits signed or unsigned results.
3239 int signed_x
= static_cast<int32_t>(x
);
3240 return ((signed_x
< -32768 || signed_x
> 65535)
3241 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3242 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3245 // R_ARM_ABS12: S + A
3246 static inline typename
This::Status
3247 abs12(unsigned char* view
,
3248 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3249 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
)
3251 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3252 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3253 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3254 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3255 Reltype addend
= val
& 0x0fffU
;
3256 Reltype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3257 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, x
, 0x0fffU
);
3258 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3259 return (utils::has_overflow
<12>(x
)
3260 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3261 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3264 // R_ARM_ABS16: S + A
3265 static inline typename
This::Status
3266 abs16(unsigned char* view
,
3267 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3268 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
)
3270 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3271 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3272 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3273 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3274 Reltype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<16>(val
);
3275 Reltype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3276 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, x
, 0xffffU
);
3277 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3278 return (utils::has_signed_unsigned_overflow
<16>(x
)
3279 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3280 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3283 // R_ARM_ABS32: (S + A) | T
3284 static inline typename
This::Status
3285 abs32(unsigned char* view
,
3286 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3287 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3288 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3290 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3291 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3292 Valtype addend
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3293 Valtype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
;
3294 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, x
);
3295 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3298 // R_ARM_REL32: (S + A) | T - P
3299 static inline typename
This::Status
3300 rel32(unsigned char* view
,
3301 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3302 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3303 Arm_address address
,
3304 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3306 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3307 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3308 Valtype addend
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3309 Valtype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
) - address
;
3310 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, x
);
3311 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3314 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP24: (S + A) | T - P
3315 static typename
This::Status
3316 thm_jump19(unsigned char* view
, const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
3317 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
, Arm_address address
,
3318 Arm_address thumb_bit
);
3320 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP6: S + A – P
3321 static inline typename
This::Status
3322 thm_jump6(unsigned char* view
,
3323 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3324 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3325 Arm_address address
)
3327 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3328 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3329 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3330 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3331 // bit[9]:bit[7:3]:’0’ (mask: 0x02f8)
3332 Reltype addend
= (((val
& 0x0200) >> 3) | ((val
& 0x00f8) >> 2));
3333 Reltype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3334 val
= (val
& 0xfd07) | ((x
& 0x0040) << 3) | ((val
& 0x003e) << 2);
3335 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3336 // CZB does only forward jumps.
3337 return ((x
> 0x007e)
3338 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3339 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3342 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP8: S + A – P
3343 static inline typename
This::Status
3344 thm_jump8(unsigned char* view
,
3345 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3346 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3347 Arm_address address
)
3349 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3350 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3351 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3352 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3353 Reltype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<8>((val
& 0x00ff) << 1);
3354 Reltype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3355 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, (val
& 0xff00) | ((x
& 0x01fe) >> 1));
3356 return (utils::has_overflow
<8>(x
)
3357 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3358 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3361 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP11: S + A – P
3362 static inline typename
This::Status
3363 thm_jump11(unsigned char* view
,
3364 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3365 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3366 Arm_address address
)
3368 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3369 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3370 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3371 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3372 Reltype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<11>((val
& 0x07ff) << 1);
3373 Reltype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3374 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, (val
& 0xf800) | ((x
& 0x0ffe) >> 1));
3375 return (utils::has_overflow
<11>(x
)
3376 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3377 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3380 // R_ARM_BASE_PREL: B(S) + A - P
3381 static inline typename
This::Status
3382 base_prel(unsigned char* view
,
3384 Arm_address address
)
3386 Base::rel32(view
, origin
- address
);
3390 // R_ARM_BASE_ABS: B(S) + A
3391 static inline typename
This::Status
3392 base_abs(unsigned char* view
,
3395 Base::rel32(view
, origin
);
3399 // R_ARM_GOT_BREL: GOT(S) + A - GOT_ORG
3400 static inline typename
This::Status
3401 got_brel(unsigned char* view
,
3402 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype got_offset
)
3404 Base::rel32(view
, got_offset
);
3405 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3408 // R_ARM_GOT_PREL: GOT(S) + A - P
3409 static inline typename
This::Status
3410 got_prel(unsigned char* view
,
3411 Arm_address got_entry
,
3412 Arm_address address
)
3414 Base::rel32(view
, got_entry
- address
);
3415 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3418 // R_ARM_PREL: (S + A) | T - P
3419 static inline typename
This::Status
3420 prel31(unsigned char* view
,
3421 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3422 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3423 Arm_address address
,
3424 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3426 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3427 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3428 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3429 Valtype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<31>(val
);
3430 Valtype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
) - address
;
3431 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, x
, 0x7fffffffU
);
3432 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3433 return (utils::has_overflow
<31>(x
) ?
3434 This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
: This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3437 // R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC: (S + A) | T (relative address base is )
3438 // R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC: (S + A) | T - P
3439 // R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3440 // R_ARM_MOVW_BREL: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3441 static inline typename
This::Status
3442 movw(unsigned char* view
,
3443 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3444 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3445 Arm_address relative_address_base
,
3446 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
3447 bool check_overflow
)
3449 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3450 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3451 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3452 Valtype addend
= This::extract_arm_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3453 Valtype x
= ((psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
)
3454 - relative_address_base
);
3455 val
= This::insert_val_arm_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3456 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3457 return ((check_overflow
&& utils::has_overflow
<16>(x
))
3458 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3459 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3462 // R_ARM_MOVT_ABS: S + A (relative address base is 0)
3463 // R_ARM_MOVT_PREL: S + A - P
3464 // R_ARM_MOVT_BREL: S + A - B(S)
3465 static inline typename
This::Status
3466 movt(unsigned char* view
,
3467 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3468 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3469 Arm_address relative_address_base
)
3471 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3472 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3473 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3474 Valtype addend
= This::extract_arm_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3475 Valtype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - relative_address_base
) >> 16;
3476 val
= This::insert_val_arm_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3477 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3478 // FIXME: IHI0044D says that we should check for overflow.
3479 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3482 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC: S + A | T (relative_address_base is 0)
3483 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC: (S + A) | T - P
3484 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3485 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3486 static inline typename
This::Status
3487 thm_movw(unsigned char* view
,
3488 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3489 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3490 Arm_address relative_address_base
,
3491 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
3492 bool check_overflow
)
3494 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3495 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3496 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3497 Reltype val
= (elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
) << 16)
3498 | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3499 Reltype addend
= This::extract_thumb_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3501 (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
) - relative_address_base
;
3502 val
= This::insert_val_thumb_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3503 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
>> 16);
3504 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, val
& 0xffff);
3505 return ((check_overflow
&& utils::has_overflow
<16>(x
))
3506 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3507 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3510 // R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS: S + A (relative address base is 0)
3511 // R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL: S + A - P
3512 // R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL: S + A - B(S)
3513 static inline typename
This::Status
3514 thm_movt(unsigned char* view
,
3515 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3516 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3517 Arm_address relative_address_base
)
3519 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3520 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3521 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3522 Reltype val
= (elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
) << 16)
3523 | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3524 Reltype addend
= This::extract_thumb_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3525 Reltype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - relative_address_base
) >> 16;
3526 val
= This::insert_val_thumb_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3527 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
>> 16);
3528 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, val
& 0xffff);
3529 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3532 // R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0: ((S + A) | T) - Pa (Thumb32)
3533 static inline typename
This::Status
3534 thm_alu11(unsigned char* view
,
3535 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3536 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3537 Arm_address address
,
3538 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3540 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3541 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3542 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3543 Reltype insn
= (elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
) << 16)
3544 | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3546 // f e d c b|a|9|8 7 6 5|4|3 2 1 0||f|e d c|b a 9 8|7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
3547 // -----------------------------------------------------------------------
3548 // ADD{S} 1 1 1 1 0|i|0|1 0 0 0|S|1 1 0 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3549 // ADDW 1 1 1 1 0|i|1|0 0 0 0|0|1 1 0 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3550 // ADR[+] 1 1 1 1 0|i|1|0 0 0 0|0|1 1 1 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3551 // SUB{S} 1 1 1 1 0|i|0|1 1 0 1|S|1 1 0 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3552 // SUBW 1 1 1 1 0|i|1|0 1 0 1|0|1 1 0 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3553 // ADR[-] 1 1 1 1 0|i|1|0 1 0 1|0|1 1 1 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3555 // Determine a sign for the addend.
3556 const int sign
= ((insn
& 0xf8ef0000) == 0xf0ad0000
3557 || (insn
& 0xf8ef0000) == 0xf0af0000) ? -1 : 1;
3558 // Thumb2 addend encoding:
3559 // imm12 := i | imm3 | imm8
3560 int32_t addend
= (insn
& 0xff)
3561 | ((insn
& 0x00007000) >> 4)
3562 | ((insn
& 0x04000000) >> 15);
3563 // Apply a sign to the added.
3566 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
)
3567 - (address
& 0xfffffffc);
3568 Reltype val
= abs(x
);
3569 // Mask out the value and a distinct part of the ADD/SUB opcode
3570 // (bits 7:5 of opword).
3571 insn
= (insn
& 0xfb0f8f00)
3573 | ((val
& 0x700) << 4)
3574 | ((val
& 0x800) << 15);
3575 // Set the opcode according to whether the value to go in the
3576 // place is negative.
3580 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
>> 16);
3581 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, insn
& 0xffff);
3582 return ((val
> 0xfff) ?
3583 This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
: This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3586 // R_ARM_THM_PC8: S + A - Pa (Thumb)
3587 static inline typename
This::Status
3588 thm_pc8(unsigned char* view
,
3589 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3590 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3591 Arm_address address
)
3593 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3594 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3595 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3596 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3597 Reltype addend
= ((insn
& 0x00ff) << 2);
3598 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - (address
& 0xfffffffc));
3599 Reltype val
= abs(x
);
3600 insn
= (insn
& 0xff00) | ((val
& 0x03fc) >> 2);
3602 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3603 return ((val
> 0x03fc)
3604 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3605 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3608 // R_ARM_THM_PC12: S + A - Pa (Thumb32)
3609 static inline typename
This::Status
3610 thm_pc12(unsigned char* view
,
3611 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3612 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3613 Arm_address address
)
3615 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3616 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3617 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3618 Reltype insn
= (elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
) << 16)
3619 | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3620 // Determine a sign for the addend (positive if the U bit is 1).
3621 const int sign
= (insn
& 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3622 int32_t addend
= (insn
& 0xfff);
3623 // Apply a sign to the added.
3626 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - (address
& 0xfffffffc));
3627 Reltype val
= abs(x
);
3628 // Mask out and apply the value and the U bit.
3629 insn
= (insn
& 0xff7ff000) | (val
& 0xfff);
3630 // Set the U bit according to whether the value to go in the
3631 // place is positive.
3635 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
>> 16);
3636 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, insn
& 0xffff);
3637 return ((val
> 0xfff) ?
3638 This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
: This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3642 static inline typename
This::Status
3643 v4bx(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
3644 unsigned char* view
,
3645 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
3646 const Arm_address address
,
3647 const bool is_interworking
)
3650 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3651 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3652 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3654 // Ensure that we have a BX instruction.
3655 gold_assert((val
& 0x0ffffff0) == 0x012fff10);
3656 const uint32_t reg
= (val
& 0xf);
3657 if (is_interworking
&& reg
!= 0xf)
3659 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
3660 object
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
3661 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
3663 Arm_v4bx_stub
* stub
= stub_table
->find_arm_v4bx_stub(reg
);
3664 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
);
3666 int32_t veneer_address
=
3667 stub_table
->address() + stub
->offset() - 8 - address
;
3668 gold_assert((veneer_address
<= ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)
3669 && (veneer_address
>= ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
));
3670 // Replace with a branch to veneer (B <addr>)
3671 val
= (val
& 0xf0000000) | 0x0a000000
3672 | ((veneer_address
>> 2) & 0x00ffffff);
3676 // Preserve Rm (lowest four bits) and the condition code
3677 // (highest four bits). Other bits encode MOV PC,Rm.
3678 val
= (val
& 0xf000000f) | 0x01a0f000;
3680 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3681 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3684 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC: ((S + A) | T) - P
3685 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0: ((S + A) | T) - P
3686 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC: ((S + A) | T) - P
3687 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1: ((S + A) | T) - P
3688 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2: ((S + A) | T) - P
3689 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3690 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3691 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3692 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3693 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3694 static inline typename
This::Status
3695 arm_grp_alu(unsigned char* view
,
3696 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3697 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3699 Arm_address address
,
3700 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
3701 bool check_overflow
)
3703 gold_assert(group
>= 0 && group
< 3);
3704 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3705 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3706 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3708 // ALU group relocations are allowed only for the ADD/SUB instructions.
3709 // (0x00800000 - ADD, 0x00400000 - SUB)
3710 const Valtype opcode
= insn
& 0x01e00000;
3711 if (opcode
!= 0x00800000 && opcode
!= 0x00400000)
3712 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3714 // Determine a sign for the addend.
3715 const int sign
= (opcode
== 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3716 // shifter = rotate_imm * 2
3717 const uint32_t shifter
= (insn
& 0xf00) >> 7;
3718 // Initial addend value.
3719 int32_t addend
= insn
& 0xff;
3720 // Rotate addend right by shifter.
3721 addend
= (addend
>> shifter
) | (addend
<< (32 - shifter
));
3722 // Apply a sign to the added.
3725 int32_t x
= ((psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
) - address
);
3726 Valtype gn
= Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_gn(abs(x
), group
);
3727 // Check for overflow if required
3729 && (Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x
), group
) != 0))
3730 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
;
3732 // Mask out the value and the ADD/SUB part of the opcode; take care
3733 // not to destroy the S bit.
3735 // Set the opcode according to whether the value to go in the
3736 // place is negative.
3737 insn
|= ((x
< 0) ? 0x00400000 : 0x00800000);
3738 // Encode the offset (encoded Gn).
3741 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3742 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3745 // R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0: S + A - P
3746 // R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1: S + A - P
3747 // R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2: S + A - P
3748 // R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0: S + A - B(S)
3749 // R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1: S + A - B(S)
3750 // R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2: S + A - B(S)
3751 static inline typename
This::Status
3752 arm_grp_ldr(unsigned char* view
,
3753 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3754 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3756 Arm_address address
)
3758 gold_assert(group
>= 0 && group
< 3);
3759 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3760 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3761 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3763 const int sign
= (insn
& 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3764 int32_t addend
= (insn
& 0xfff) * sign
;
3765 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3766 // Calculate the relevant G(n-1) value to obtain this stage residual.
3768 Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x
), group
- 1);
3769 if (residual
>= 0x1000)
3770 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
;
3772 // Mask out the value and U bit.
3774 // Set the U bit for non-negative values.
3779 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3780 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3783 // R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0: S + A - P
3784 // R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1: S + A - P
3785 // R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2: S + A - P
3786 // R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0: S + A - B(S)
3787 // R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1: S + A - B(S)
3788 // R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2: S + A - B(S)
3789 static inline typename
This::Status
3790 arm_grp_ldrs(unsigned char* view
,
3791 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3792 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3794 Arm_address address
)
3796 gold_assert(group
>= 0 && group
< 3);
3797 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3798 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3799 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3801 const int sign
= (insn
& 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3802 int32_t addend
= (((insn
& 0xf00) >> 4) + (insn
& 0xf)) * sign
;
3803 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3804 // Calculate the relevant G(n-1) value to obtain this stage residual.
3806 Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x
), group
- 1);
3807 if (residual
>= 0x100)
3808 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
;
3810 // Mask out the value and U bit.
3812 // Set the U bit for non-negative values.
3815 insn
|= ((residual
& 0xf0) << 4) | (residual
& 0xf);
3817 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3818 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3821 // R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0: S + A - P
3822 // R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1: S + A - P
3823 // R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2: S + A - P
3824 // R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0: S + A - B(S)
3825 // R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1: S + A - B(S)
3826 // R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2: S + A - B(S)
3827 static inline typename
This::Status
3828 arm_grp_ldc(unsigned char* view
,
3829 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3830 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3832 Arm_address address
)
3834 gold_assert(group
>= 0 && group
< 3);
3835 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3836 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3837 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3839 const int sign
= (insn
& 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3840 int32_t addend
= ((insn
& 0xff) << 2) * sign
;
3841 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3842 // Calculate the relevant G(n-1) value to obtain this stage residual.
3844 Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x
), group
- 1);
3845 if ((residual
& 0x3) != 0 || residual
>= 0x400)
3846 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
;
3848 // Mask out the value and U bit.
3850 // Set the U bit for non-negative values.
3853 insn
|= (residual
>> 2);
3855 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3856 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3860 // Relocate ARM long branches. This handles relocation types
3861 // R_ARM_CALL, R_ARM_JUMP24, R_ARM_PLT32 and R_ARM_XPC25.
3862 // If IS_WEAK_UNDEFINED_WITH_PLT is true. The target symbol is weakly
3863 // undefined and we do not use PLT in this relocation. In such a case,
3864 // the branch is converted into an NOP.
3866 template<bool big_endian
>
3867 typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
3868 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::arm_branch_common(
3869 unsigned int r_type
,
3870 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
3871 unsigned char* view
,
3872 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
3873 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
3875 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3876 Arm_address address
,
3877 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
3878 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
)
3880 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3881 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3882 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3884 bool insn_is_b
= (((val
>> 28) & 0xf) <= 0xe)
3885 && ((val
& 0x0f000000UL
) == 0x0a000000UL
);
3886 bool insn_is_uncond_bl
= (val
& 0xff000000UL
) == 0xeb000000UL
;
3887 bool insn_is_cond_bl
= (((val
>> 28) & 0xf) < 0xe)
3888 && ((val
& 0x0f000000UL
) == 0x0b000000UL
);
3889 bool insn_is_blx
= (val
& 0xfe000000UL
) == 0xfa000000UL
;
3890 bool insn_is_any_branch
= (val
& 0x0e000000UL
) == 0x0a000000UL
;
3892 // Check that the instruction is valid.
3893 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
)
3895 if (!insn_is_uncond_bl
&& !insn_is_blx
)
3896 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3898 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
)
3900 if (!insn_is_b
&& !insn_is_cond_bl
)
3901 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3903 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
)
3905 if (!insn_is_any_branch
)
3906 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3908 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_XPC25
)
3910 // FIXME: AAELF document IH0044C does not say much about it other
3911 // than it being obsolete.
3912 if (!insn_is_any_branch
)
3913 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3918 // A branch to an undefined weak symbol is turned into a jump to
3919 // the next instruction unless a PLT entry will be created.
3920 // Do the same for local undefined symbols.
3921 // The jump to the next instruction is optimized as a NOP depending
3922 // on the architecture.
3923 const Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
=
3924 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::default_target();
3925 if (is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
)
3927 gold_assert(!parameters
->options().relocatable());
3928 Valtype cond
= val
& 0xf0000000U
;
3929 if (arm_target
->may_use_arm_nop())
3930 val
= cond
| 0x0320f000;
3932 val
= cond
| 0x01a00000; // Using pre-UAL nop: mov r0, r0.
3933 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3934 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3937 Valtype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<26>(val
<< 2);
3938 Valtype branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3939 int32_t branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
3941 // We need a stub if the branch offset is too large or if we need
3943 bool may_use_blx
= arm_target
->may_use_blx();
3944 Reloc_stub
* stub
= NULL
;
3946 if (!parameters
->options().relocatable()
3947 && (utils::has_overflow
<26>(branch_offset
)
3948 || ((thumb_bit
!= 0)
3949 && !(may_use_blx
&& r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
))))
3951 Valtype unadjusted_branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, 0);
3953 Stub_type stub_type
=
3954 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(r_type
, address
,
3955 unadjusted_branch_target
,
3957 if (stub_type
!= arm_stub_none
)
3959 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
3960 object
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
3961 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
3963 Reloc_stub::Key
stub_key(stub_type
, gsym
, object
, r_sym
, addend
);
3964 stub
= stub_table
->find_reloc_stub(stub_key
);
3965 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
);
3966 thumb_bit
= stub
->stub_template()->entry_in_thumb_mode() ? 1 : 0;
3967 branch_target
= stub_table
->address() + stub
->offset() + addend
;
3968 branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
3969 gold_assert(!utils::has_overflow
<26>(branch_offset
));
3973 // At this point, if we still need to switch mode, the instruction
3974 // must either be a BLX or a BL that can be converted to a BLX.
3978 gold_assert(may_use_blx
&& r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
);
3979 val
= (val
& 0xffffff) | 0xfa000000 | ((branch_offset
& 2) << 23);
3982 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, (branch_offset
>> 2), 0xffffffUL
);
3983 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3984 return (utils::has_overflow
<26>(branch_offset
)
3985 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
: This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3988 // Relocate THUMB long branches. This handles relocation types
3989 // R_ARM_THM_CALL, R_ARM_THM_JUMP24 and R_ARM_THM_XPC22.
3990 // If IS_WEAK_UNDEFINED_WITH_PLT is true. The target symbol is weakly
3991 // undefined and we do not use PLT in this relocation. In such a case,
3992 // the branch is converted into an NOP.
3994 template<bool big_endian
>
3995 typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
3996 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thumb_branch_common(
3997 unsigned int r_type
,
3998 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
3999 unsigned char* view
,
4000 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
4001 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
4003 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
4004 Arm_address address
,
4005 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
4006 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
)
4008 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
4009 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
4010 uint32_t upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
4011 uint32_t lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
4013 // FIXME: These tests are too loose and do not take THUMB/THUMB-2 difference
4015 bool is_bl_insn
= (lower_insn
& 0x1000U
) == 0x1000U
;
4016 bool is_blx_insn
= (lower_insn
& 0x1000U
) == 0x0000U
;
4018 // Check that the instruction is valid.
4019 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
)
4021 if (!is_bl_insn
&& !is_blx_insn
)
4022 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
4024 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
)
4026 // This cannot be a BLX.
4028 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
4030 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
)
4032 // Check for Thumb to Thumb call.
4034 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
4037 gold_warning(_("%s: Thumb BLX instruction targets "
4038 "thumb function '%s'."),
4039 object
->name().c_str(),
4040 (gsym
? gsym
->name() : "(local)"));
4041 // Convert BLX to BL.
4042 lower_insn
|= 0x1000U
;
4048 // A branch to an undefined weak symbol is turned into a jump to
4049 // the next instruction unless a PLT entry will be created.
4050 // The jump to the next instruction is optimized as a NOP.W for
4051 // Thumb-2 enabled architectures.
4052 const Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
=
4053 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::default_target();
4054 if (is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
)
4056 gold_assert(!parameters
->options().relocatable());
4057 if (arm_target
->may_use_thumb2_nop())
4059 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, 0xf3af);
4060 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, 0x8000);
4064 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, 0xe000);
4065 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, 0xbf00);
4067 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
4070 int32_t addend
= This::thumb32_branch_offset(upper_insn
, lower_insn
);
4071 Arm_address branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
4073 // For BLX, bit 1 of target address comes from bit 1 of base address.
4074 bool may_use_blx
= arm_target
->may_use_blx();
4075 if (thumb_bit
== 0 && may_use_blx
)
4076 branch_target
= utils::bit_select(branch_target
, address
, 0x2);
4078 int32_t branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
4080 // We need a stub if the branch offset is too large or if we need
4082 bool thumb2
= arm_target
->using_thumb2();
4083 if (!parameters
->options().relocatable()
4084 && ((!thumb2
&& utils::has_overflow
<23>(branch_offset
))
4085 || (thumb2
&& utils::has_overflow
<25>(branch_offset
))
4086 || ((thumb_bit
== 0)
4087 && (((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
) && !may_use_blx
)
4088 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
))))
4090 Arm_address unadjusted_branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, 0);
4092 Stub_type stub_type
=
4093 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(r_type
, address
,
4094 unadjusted_branch_target
,
4097 if (stub_type
!= arm_stub_none
)
4099 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
4100 object
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
4101 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
4103 Reloc_stub::Key
stub_key(stub_type
, gsym
, object
, r_sym
, addend
);
4104 Reloc_stub
* stub
= stub_table
->find_reloc_stub(stub_key
);
4105 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
);
4106 thumb_bit
= stub
->stub_template()->entry_in_thumb_mode() ? 1 : 0;
4107 branch_target
= stub_table
->address() + stub
->offset() + addend
;
4108 if (thumb_bit
== 0 && may_use_blx
)
4109 branch_target
= utils::bit_select(branch_target
, address
, 0x2);
4110 branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
4114 // At this point, if we still need to switch mode, the instruction
4115 // must either be a BLX or a BL that can be converted to a BLX.
4118 gold_assert(may_use_blx
4119 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
4120 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
));
4121 // Make sure this is a BLX.
4122 lower_insn
&= ~0x1000U
;
4126 // Make sure this is a BL.
4127 lower_insn
|= 0x1000U
;
4130 // For a BLX instruction, make sure that the relocation is rounded up
4131 // to a word boundary. This follows the semantics of the instruction
4132 // which specifies that bit 1 of the target address will come from bit
4133 // 1 of the base address.
4134 if ((lower_insn
& 0x5000U
) == 0x4000U
)
4135 gold_assert((branch_offset
& 3) == 0);
4137 // Put BRANCH_OFFSET back into the insn. Assumes two's complement.
4138 // We use the Thumb-2 encoding, which is safe even if dealing with
4139 // a Thumb-1 instruction by virtue of our overflow check above. */
4140 upper_insn
= This::thumb32_branch_upper(upper_insn
, branch_offset
);
4141 lower_insn
= This::thumb32_branch_lower(lower_insn
, branch_offset
);
4143 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, upper_insn
);
4144 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, lower_insn
);
4146 gold_assert(!utils::has_overflow
<25>(branch_offset
));
4149 ? utils::has_overflow
<25>(branch_offset
)
4150 : utils::has_overflow
<23>(branch_offset
))
4151 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
4152 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
4155 // Relocate THUMB-2 long conditional branches.
4156 // If IS_WEAK_UNDEFINED_WITH_PLT is true. The target symbol is weakly
4157 // undefined and we do not use PLT in this relocation. In such a case,
4158 // the branch is converted into an NOP.
4160 template<bool big_endian
>
4161 typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
4162 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_jump19(
4163 unsigned char* view
,
4164 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
4165 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
4166 Arm_address address
,
4167 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
4169 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
4170 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
4171 uint32_t upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
4172 uint32_t lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
4173 int32_t addend
= This::thumb32_cond_branch_offset(upper_insn
, lower_insn
);
4175 Arm_address branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
4176 int32_t branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
4178 // ??? Should handle interworking? GCC might someday try to
4179 // use this for tail calls.
4180 // FIXME: We do support thumb entry to PLT yet.
4183 gold_error(_("conditional branch to PLT in THUMB-2 not supported yet."));
4184 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
4187 // Put RELOCATION back into the insn.
4188 upper_insn
= This::thumb32_cond_branch_upper(upper_insn
, branch_offset
);
4189 lower_insn
= This::thumb32_cond_branch_lower(lower_insn
, branch_offset
);
4191 // Put the relocated value back in the object file:
4192 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, upper_insn
);
4193 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, lower_insn
);
4195 return (utils::has_overflow
<21>(branch_offset
)
4196 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
4197 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
4200 // Get the GOT section, creating it if necessary.
4202 template<bool big_endian
>
4203 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>*
4204 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::got_section(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
)
4206 if (this->got_
== NULL
)
4208 gold_assert(symtab
!= NULL
&& layout
!= NULL
);
4210 this->got_
= new Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>(symtab
, layout
);
4212 layout
->add_output_section_data(".got", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
,
4213 (elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
| elfcpp::SHF_WRITE
),
4214 this->got_
, ORDER_DATA
, false);
4216 // The old GNU linker creates a .got.plt section. We just
4217 // create another set of data in the .got section. Note that we
4218 // always create a PLT if we create a GOT, although the PLT
4220 this->got_plt_
= new Output_data_space(4, "** GOT PLT");
4221 layout
->add_output_section_data(".got", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
,
4222 (elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
| elfcpp::SHF_WRITE
),
4223 this->got_plt_
, ORDER_DATA
, false);
4225 // The first three entries are reserved.
4226 this->got_plt_
->set_current_data_size(3 * 4);
4228 // Define _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the PLT.
4229 symtab
->define_in_output_data("_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", NULL
,
4230 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
4232 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT
,
4234 elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
, 0,
4240 // Get the dynamic reloc section, creating it if necessary.
4242 template<bool big_endian
>
4243 typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Reloc_section
*
4244 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::rel_dyn_section(Layout
* layout
)
4246 if (this->rel_dyn_
== NULL
)
4248 gold_assert(layout
!= NULL
);
4249 this->rel_dyn_
= new Reloc_section(parameters
->options().combreloc());
4250 layout
->add_output_section_data(".rel.dyn", elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
4251 elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
, this->rel_dyn_
,
4252 ORDER_DYNAMIC_RELOCS
, false);
4254 return this->rel_dyn_
;
4257 // Insn_template methods.
4259 // Return byte size of an instruction template.
4262 Insn_template::size() const
4264 switch (this->type())
4267 case THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
:
4278 // Return alignment of an instruction template.
4281 Insn_template::alignment() const
4283 switch (this->type())
4286 case THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
:
4297 // Stub_template methods.
4299 Stub_template::Stub_template(
4300 Stub_type type
, const Insn_template
* insns
,
4302 : type_(type
), insns_(insns
), insn_count_(insn_count
), alignment_(1),
4303 entry_in_thumb_mode_(false), relocs_()
4307 // Compute byte size and alignment of stub template.
4308 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< insn_count
; i
++)
4310 unsigned insn_alignment
= insns
[i
].alignment();
4311 size_t insn_size
= insns
[i
].size();
4312 gold_assert((offset
& (insn_alignment
- 1)) == 0);
4313 this->alignment_
= std::max(this->alignment_
, insn_alignment
);
4314 switch (insns
[i
].type())
4316 case Insn_template::THUMB16_TYPE
:
4317 case Insn_template::THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
:
4319 this->entry_in_thumb_mode_
= true;
4322 case Insn_template::THUMB32_TYPE
:
4323 if (insns
[i
].r_type() != elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
)
4324 this->relocs_
.push_back(Reloc(i
, offset
));
4326 this->entry_in_thumb_mode_
= true;
4329 case Insn_template::ARM_TYPE
:
4330 // Handle cases where the target is encoded within the
4332 if (insns
[i
].r_type() == elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
)
4333 this->relocs_
.push_back(Reloc(i
, offset
));
4336 case Insn_template::DATA_TYPE
:
4337 // Entry point cannot be data.
4338 gold_assert(i
!= 0);
4339 this->relocs_
.push_back(Reloc(i
, offset
));
4345 offset
+= insn_size
;
4347 this->size_
= offset
;
4352 // Template to implement do_write for a specific target endianness.
4354 template<bool big_endian
>
4356 Stub::do_fixed_endian_write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type view_size
)
4358 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= this->stub_template();
4359 const Insn_template
* insns
= stub_template
->insns();
4361 // FIXME: We do not handle BE8 encoding yet.
4362 unsigned char* pov
= view
;
4363 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< stub_template
->insn_count(); i
++)
4365 switch (insns
[i
].type())
4367 case Insn_template::THUMB16_TYPE
:
4368 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, insns
[i
].data() & 0xffff);
4370 case Insn_template::THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
:
4371 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(
4373 this->thumb16_special(i
));
4375 case Insn_template::THUMB32_TYPE
:
4377 uint32_t hi
= (insns
[i
].data() >> 16) & 0xffff;
4378 uint32_t lo
= insns
[i
].data() & 0xffff;
4379 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, hi
);
4380 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 2, lo
);
4383 case Insn_template::ARM_TYPE
:
4384 case Insn_template::DATA_TYPE
:
4385 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, insns
[i
].data());
4390 pov
+= insns
[i
].size();
4392 gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type
>(pov
- view
) == view_size
);
4395 // Reloc_stub::Key methods.
4397 // Dump a Key as a string for debugging.
4400 Reloc_stub::Key::name() const
4402 if (this->r_sym_
== invalid_index
)
4404 // Global symbol key name
4405 // <stub-type>:<symbol name>:<addend>.
4406 const std::string sym_name
= this->u_
.symbol
->name();
4407 // We need to print two hex number and two colons. So just add 100 bytes
4408 // to the symbol name size.
4409 size_t len
= sym_name
.size() + 100;
4410 char* buffer
= new char[len
];
4411 int c
= snprintf(buffer
, len
, "%d:%s:%x", this->stub_type_
,
4412 sym_name
.c_str(), this->addend_
);
4413 gold_assert(c
> 0 && c
< static_cast<int>(len
));
4415 return std::string(buffer
);
4419 // local symbol key name
4420 // <stub-type>:<object>:<r_sym>:<addend>.
4421 const size_t len
= 200;
4423 int c
= snprintf(buffer
, len
, "%d:%p:%u:%x", this->stub_type_
,
4424 this->u_
.relobj
, this->r_sym_
, this->addend_
);
4425 gold_assert(c
> 0 && c
< static_cast<int>(len
));
4426 return std::string(buffer
);
4430 // Reloc_stub methods.
4432 // Determine the type of stub needed, if any, for a relocation of R_TYPE at
4433 // LOCATION to DESTINATION.
4434 // This code is based on the arm_type_of_stub function in
4435 // bfd/elf32-arm.c. We have changed the interface a liitle to keep the Stub
4439 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(
4440 unsigned int r_type
,
4441 Arm_address location
,
4442 Arm_address destination
,
4443 bool target_is_thumb
)
4445 Stub_type stub_type
= arm_stub_none
;
4447 // This is a bit ugly but we want to avoid using a templated class for
4448 // big and little endianities.
4450 bool should_force_pic_veneer
;
4453 if (parameters
->target().is_big_endian())
4455 const Target_arm
<true>* big_endian_target
=
4456 Target_arm
<true>::default_target();
4457 may_use_blx
= big_endian_target
->may_use_blx();
4458 should_force_pic_veneer
= big_endian_target
->should_force_pic_veneer();
4459 thumb2
= big_endian_target
->using_thumb2();
4460 thumb_only
= big_endian_target
->using_thumb_only();
4464 const Target_arm
<false>* little_endian_target
=
4465 Target_arm
<false>::default_target();
4466 may_use_blx
= little_endian_target
->may_use_blx();
4467 should_force_pic_veneer
= little_endian_target
->should_force_pic_veneer();
4468 thumb2
= little_endian_target
->using_thumb2();
4469 thumb_only
= little_endian_target
->using_thumb_only();
4472 int64_t branch_offset
;
4473 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
|| r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
)
4475 // For THUMB BLX instruction, bit 1 of target comes from bit 1 of the
4476 // base address (instruction address + 4).
4477 if ((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
) && may_use_blx
&& !target_is_thumb
)
4478 destination
= utils::bit_select(destination
, location
, 0x2);
4479 branch_offset
= static_cast<int64_t>(destination
) - location
;
4481 // Handle cases where:
4482 // - this call goes too far (different Thumb/Thumb2 max
4484 // - it's a Thumb->Arm call and blx is not available, or it's a
4485 // Thumb->Arm branch (not bl). A stub is needed in this case.
4487 && (branch_offset
> THM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
4488 || (branch_offset
< THM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)))
4490 && (branch_offset
> THM2_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
4491 || (branch_offset
< THM2_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)))
4492 || ((!target_is_thumb
)
4493 && (((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
) && !may_use_blx
)
4494 || (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
))))
4496 if (target_is_thumb
)
4501 stub_type
= (parameters
->options().shared()
4502 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4505 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
))
4506 // V5T and above. Stub starts with ARM code, so
4507 // we must be able to switch mode before
4508 // reaching it, which is only possible for 'bl'
4509 // (ie R_ARM_THM_CALL relocation).
4510 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic
4511 // On V4T, use Thumb code only.
4512 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic
)
4516 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
))
4517 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
// V5T and above.
4518 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb
); // V4T.
4522 stub_type
= (parameters
->options().shared()
4523 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4524 ? arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic
// PIC stub.
4525 : arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only
; // non-PIC stub.
4532 // FIXME: We should check that the input section is from an
4533 // object that has interwork enabled.
4535 stub_type
= (parameters
->options().shared()
4536 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4539 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
))
4540 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic
// V5T and above.
4541 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic
) // V4T.
4545 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
))
4546 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
// V5T and above.
4547 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
); // V4T.
4549 // Handle v4t short branches.
4550 if ((stub_type
== arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
)
4551 && (branch_offset
<= THM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)
4552 && (branch_offset
>= THM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
))
4553 stub_type
= arm_stub_short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
;
4557 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
4558 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
4559 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
)
4561 branch_offset
= static_cast<int64_t>(destination
) - location
;
4562 if (target_is_thumb
)
4566 // FIXME: We should check that the input section is from an
4567 // object that has interwork enabled.
4569 // We have an extra 2-bytes reach because of
4570 // the mode change (bit 24 (H) of BLX encoding).
4571 if (branch_offset
> (ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
+ 2)
4572 || (branch_offset
< ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)
4573 || ((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
) && !may_use_blx
)
4574 || (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
)
4575 || (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
))
4577 stub_type
= (parameters
->options().shared()
4578 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4581 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic
// V5T and above.
4582 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic
) // V4T stub.
4586 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
// V5T and above.
4587 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb
); // V4T.
4593 if (branch_offset
> ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
4594 || (branch_offset
< ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
))
4596 stub_type
= (parameters
->options().shared()
4597 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4598 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic
// PIC stubs.
4599 : arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
; /// non-PIC.
4607 // Cortex_a8_stub methods.
4609 // Return the instruction for a THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE instruction template.
4610 // I is the position of the instruction template in the stub template.
4613 Cortex_a8_stub::do_thumb16_special(size_t i
)
4615 // The only use of this is to copy condition code from a conditional
4616 // branch being worked around to the corresponding conditional branch in
4618 gold_assert(this->stub_template()->type() == arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
4620 uint16_t data
= this->stub_template()->insns()[i
].data();
4621 gold_assert((data
& 0xff00U
) == 0xd000U
);
4622 data
|= ((this->original_insn_
>> 22) & 0xf) << 8;
4626 // Stub_factory methods.
4628 Stub_factory::Stub_factory()
4630 // The instruction template sequences are declared as static
4631 // objects and initialized first time the constructor runs.
4633 // Arm/Thumb -> Arm/Thumb long branch stub. On V5T and above, use blx
4634 // to reach the stub if necessary.
4635 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
[] =
4637 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe51ff004), // ldr pc, [pc, #-4]
4638 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4639 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4642 // V4T Arm -> Thumb long branch stub. Used on V4T where blx is not
4644 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb
[] =
4646 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr ip, [pc, #0]
4647 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4648 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4649 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4652 // Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub. Used on M-profile architectures.
4653 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only
[] =
4655 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xb401), // push {r0}
4656 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4802), // ldr r0, [pc, #8]
4657 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4684), // mov ip, r0
4658 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xbc01), // pop {r0}
4659 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4760), // bx ip
4660 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xbf00), // nop
4661 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4662 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4665 // V4T Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub. Using the stack is not
4667 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb
[] =
4669 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4670 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4671 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr ip, [pc, #0]
4672 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4673 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4674 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4677 // V4T Thumb -> ARM long branch stub. Used on V4T where blx is not
4679 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
[] =
4681 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4682 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4683 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe51ff004), // ldr pc, [pc, #-4]
4684 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4685 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4688 // V4T Thumb -> ARM short branch stub. Shorter variant of the above
4689 // one, when the destination is close enough.
4690 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
[] =
4692 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4693 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4694 Insn_template::arm_rel_insn(0xea000000, -8), // b (X-8)
4697 // ARM/Thumb -> ARM long branch stub, PIC. On V5T and above, use
4698 // blx to reach the stub if necessary.
4699 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic
[] =
4701 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr r12, [pc]
4702 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08ff00c), // add pc, pc, ip
4703 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, -4),
4704 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X-4)
4707 // ARM/Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub, PIC. On V5T and above, use
4708 // blx to reach the stub if necessary. We can not add into pc;
4709 // it is not guaranteed to mode switch (different in ARMv6 and
4711 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic
[] =
4713 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc004), // ldr r12, [pc, #4]
4714 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08fc00c), // add ip, pc, ip
4715 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4716 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, 0),
4717 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4720 // V4T ARM -> ARM long branch stub, PIC.
4721 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic
[] =
4723 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc004), // ldr ip, [pc, #4]
4724 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08fc00c), // add ip, pc, ip
4725 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4726 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, 0),
4727 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4730 // V4T Thumb -> ARM long branch stub, PIC.
4731 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic
[] =
4733 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4734 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4735 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr ip, [pc, #0]
4736 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08cf00f), // add pc, ip, pc
4737 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, -4),
4738 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4741 // Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub, PIC. Used on M-profile
4743 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic
[] =
4745 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xb401), // push {r0}
4746 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4802), // ldr r0, [pc, #8]
4747 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46fc), // mov ip, pc
4748 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4484), // add ip, r0
4749 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xbc01), // pop {r0}
4750 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4760), // bx ip
4751 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, 4),
4752 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4755 // V4T Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub, PIC. Using the stack is not
4757 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic
[] =
4759 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4760 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4761 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc004), // ldr ip, [pc, #4]
4762 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08fc00c), // add ip, pc, ip
4763 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4764 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, 0),
4765 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4768 // Cortex-A8 erratum-workaround stubs.
4770 // Stub used for conditional branches (which may be beyond +/-1MB away,
4771 // so we can't use a conditional branch to reach this stub).
4778 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
[] =
4780 Insn_template::thumb16_bcond_insn(0xd001), // b<cond>.n true
4781 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4), // b.w after
4782 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4) // true:
4786 // Stub used for b.w and bl.w instructions.
4788 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_b
[] =
4790 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4) // b.w dest
4793 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
[] =
4795 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4) // b.w dest
4798 // Stub used for Thumb-2 blx.w instructions. We modified the original blx.w
4799 // instruction (which switches to ARM mode) to point to this stub. Jump to
4800 // the real destination using an ARM-mode branch.
4801 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
[] =
4803 Insn_template::arm_rel_insn(0xea000000, -8) // b dest
4806 // Stub used to provide an interworking for R_ARM_V4BX relocation
4807 // (bx r[n] instruction).
4808 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx
[] =
4810 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe3100001), // tst r<n>, #1
4811 Insn_template::arm_insn(0x01a0f000), // moveq pc, r<n>
4812 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff10) // bx r<n>
4815 // Fill in the stub template look-up table. Stub templates are constructed
4816 // per instance of Stub_factory for fast look-up without locking
4817 // in a thread-enabled environment.
4819 this->stub_templates_
[arm_stub_none
] =
4820 new Stub_template(arm_stub_none
, NULL
, 0);
4822 #define DEF_STUB(x) \
4826 = sizeof(elf32_arm_stub_##x) / sizeof(elf32_arm_stub_##x[0]); \
4827 Stub_type type = arm_stub_##x; \
4828 this->stub_templates_[type] = \
4829 new Stub_template(type, elf32_arm_stub_##x, array_size); \
4837 // Stub_table methods.
4839 // Removel all Cortex-A8 stub.
4841 template<bool big_endian
>
4843 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::remove_all_cortex_a8_stubs()
4845 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
4846 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
4849 this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.clear();
4852 // Relocate one stub. This is a helper for Stub_table::relocate_stubs().
4854 template<bool big_endian
>
4856 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::relocate_stub(
4858 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
4859 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
,
4860 Output_section
* output_section
,
4861 unsigned char* view
,
4862 Arm_address address
,
4863 section_size_type view_size
)
4865 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= stub
->stub_template();
4866 if (stub_template
->reloc_count() != 0)
4868 // Adjust view to cover the stub only.
4869 section_size_type offset
= stub
->offset();
4870 section_size_type stub_size
= stub_template
->size();
4871 gold_assert(offset
+ stub_size
<= view_size
);
4873 arm_target
->relocate_stub(stub
, relinfo
, output_section
, view
+ offset
,
4874 address
+ offset
, stub_size
);
4878 // Relocate all stubs in this stub table.
4880 template<bool big_endian
>
4882 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::relocate_stubs(
4883 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
4884 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
,
4885 Output_section
* output_section
,
4886 unsigned char* view
,
4887 Arm_address address
,
4888 section_size_type view_size
)
4890 // If we are passed a view bigger than the stub table's. we need to
4892 gold_assert(address
== this->address()
4894 == static_cast<section_size_type
>(this->data_size())));
4896 // Relocate all relocation stubs.
4897 for (typename
Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p
= this->reloc_stubs_
.begin();
4898 p
!= this->reloc_stubs_
.end();
4900 this->relocate_stub(p
->second
, relinfo
, arm_target
, output_section
, view
,
4901 address
, view_size
);
4903 // Relocate all Cortex-A8 stubs.
4904 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
4905 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
4907 this->relocate_stub(p
->second
, relinfo
, arm_target
, output_section
, view
,
4908 address
, view_size
);
4910 // Relocate all ARM V4BX stubs.
4911 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::iterator p
= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.begin();
4912 p
!= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.end();
4916 this->relocate_stub(*p
, relinfo
, arm_target
, output_section
, view
,
4917 address
, view_size
);
4921 // Write out the stubs to file.
4923 template<bool big_endian
>
4925 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
4927 off_t offset
= this->offset();
4928 const section_size_type oview_size
=
4929 convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
4930 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
4932 // Write relocation stubs.
4933 for (typename
Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p
= this->reloc_stubs_
.begin();
4934 p
!= this->reloc_stubs_
.end();
4937 Reloc_stub
* stub
= p
->second
;
4938 Arm_address address
= this->address() + stub
->offset();
4940 == align_address(address
,
4941 stub
->stub_template()->alignment()));
4942 stub
->write(oview
+ stub
->offset(), stub
->stub_template()->size(),
4946 // Write Cortex-A8 stubs.
4947 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
4948 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
4951 Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
= p
->second
;
4952 Arm_address address
= this->address() + stub
->offset();
4954 == align_address(address
,
4955 stub
->stub_template()->alignment()));
4956 stub
->write(oview
+ stub
->offset(), stub
->stub_template()->size(),
4960 // Write ARM V4BX relocation stubs.
4961 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.begin();
4962 p
!= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.end();
4968 Arm_address address
= this->address() + (*p
)->offset();
4970 == align_address(address
,
4971 (*p
)->stub_template()->alignment()));
4972 (*p
)->write(oview
+ (*p
)->offset(), (*p
)->stub_template()->size(),
4976 of
->write_output_view(this->offset(), oview_size
, oview
);
4979 // Update the data size and address alignment of the stub table at the end
4980 // of a relaxation pass. Return true if either the data size or the
4981 // alignment changed in this relaxation pass.
4983 template<bool big_endian
>
4985 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::update_data_size_and_addralign()
4987 // Go over all stubs in table to compute data size and address alignment.
4988 off_t size
= this->reloc_stubs_size_
;
4989 unsigned addralign
= this->reloc_stubs_addralign_
;
4991 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
4992 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
4995 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= p
->second
->stub_template();
4996 addralign
= std::max(addralign
, stub_template
->alignment());
4997 size
= (align_address(size
, stub_template
->alignment())
4998 + stub_template
->size());
5001 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.begin();
5002 p
!= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.end();
5008 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= (*p
)->stub_template();
5009 addralign
= std::max(addralign
, stub_template
->alignment());
5010 size
= (align_address(size
, stub_template
->alignment())
5011 + stub_template
->size());
5014 // Check if either data size or alignment changed in this pass.
5015 // Update prev_data_size_ and prev_addralign_. These will be used
5016 // as the current data size and address alignment for the next pass.
5017 bool changed
= size
!= this->prev_data_size_
;
5018 this->prev_data_size_
= size
;
5020 if (addralign
!= this->prev_addralign_
)
5022 this->prev_addralign_
= addralign
;
5027 // Finalize the stubs. This sets the offsets of the stubs within the stub
5028 // table. It also marks all input sections needing Cortex-A8 workaround.
5030 template<bool big_endian
>
5032 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::finalize_stubs()
5034 off_t off
= this->reloc_stubs_size_
;
5035 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
5036 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
5039 Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
= p
->second
;
5040 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= stub
->stub_template();
5041 uint64_t stub_addralign
= stub_template
->alignment();
5042 off
= align_address(off
, stub_addralign
);
5043 stub
->set_offset(off
);
5044 off
+= stub_template
->size();
5046 // Mark input section so that we can determine later if a code section
5047 // needs the Cortex-A8 workaround quickly.
5048 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5049 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(stub
->relobj());
5050 arm_relobj
->mark_section_for_cortex_a8_workaround(stub
->shndx());
5053 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.begin();
5054 p
!= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.end();
5060 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= (*p
)->stub_template();
5061 uint64_t stub_addralign
= stub_template
->alignment();
5062 off
= align_address(off
, stub_addralign
);
5063 (*p
)->set_offset(off
);
5064 off
+= stub_template
->size();
5067 gold_assert(off
<= this->prev_data_size_
);
5070 // Apply Cortex-A8 workaround to an address range between VIEW_ADDRESS
5071 // and VIEW_ADDRESS + VIEW_SIZE - 1. VIEW points to the mapped address
5072 // of the address range seen by the linker.
5074 template<bool big_endian
>
5076 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::apply_cortex_a8_workaround_to_address_range(
5077 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
,
5078 unsigned char* view
,
5079 Arm_address view_address
,
5080 section_size_type view_size
)
5082 // Cortex-A8 stubs are sorted by addresses of branches being fixed up.
5083 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p
=
5084 this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.lower_bound(view_address
);
5085 ((p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end())
5086 && (p
->first
< (view_address
+ view_size
)));
5089 // We do not store the THUMB bit in the LSB of either the branch address
5090 // or the stub offset. There is no need to strip the LSB.
5091 Arm_address branch_address
= p
->first
;
5092 const Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
= p
->second
;
5093 Arm_address stub_address
= this->address() + stub
->offset();
5095 // Offset of the branch instruction relative to this view.
5096 section_size_type offset
=
5097 convert_to_section_size_type(branch_address
- view_address
);
5098 gold_assert((offset
+ 4) <= view_size
);
5100 arm_target
->apply_cortex_a8_workaround(stub
, stub_address
,
5101 view
+ offset
, branch_address
);
5105 // Arm_input_section methods.
5107 // Initialize an Arm_input_section.
5109 template<bool big_endian
>
5111 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::init()
5113 Relobj
* relobj
= this->relobj();
5114 unsigned int shndx
= this->shndx();
5116 // We have to cache original size, alignment and contents to avoid locking
5117 // the original file.
5118 this->original_addralign_
=
5119 convert_types
<uint32_t, uint64_t>(relobj
->section_addralign(shndx
));
5121 // This is not efficient but we expect only a small number of relaxed
5122 // input sections for stubs.
5123 section_size_type section_size
;
5124 const unsigned char* section_contents
=
5125 relobj
->section_contents(shndx
, §ion_size
, false);
5126 this->original_size_
=
5127 convert_types
<uint32_t, uint64_t>(relobj
->section_size(shndx
));
5129 gold_assert(this->original_contents_
== NULL
);
5130 this->original_contents_
= new unsigned char[section_size
];
5131 memcpy(this->original_contents_
, section_contents
, section_size
);
5133 // We want to make this look like the original input section after
5134 // output sections are finalized.
5135 Output_section
* os
= relobj
->output_section(shndx
);
5136 off_t offset
= relobj
->output_section_offset(shndx
);
5137 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
&& !relobj
->is_output_section_offset_invalid(shndx
));
5138 this->set_address(os
->address() + offset
);
5139 this->set_file_offset(os
->offset() + offset
);
5141 this->set_current_data_size(this->original_size_
);
5142 this->finalize_data_size();
5145 template<bool big_endian
>
5147 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
5149 // We have to write out the original section content.
5150 gold_assert(this->original_contents_
!= NULL
);
5151 of
->write(this->offset(), this->original_contents_
,
5152 this->original_size_
);
5154 // If this owns a stub table and it is not empty, write it.
5155 if (this->is_stub_table_owner() && !this->stub_table_
->empty())
5156 this->stub_table_
->write(of
);
5159 // Finalize data size.
5161 template<bool big_endian
>
5163 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::set_final_data_size()
5165 off_t off
= convert_types
<off_t
, uint64_t>(this->original_size_
);
5167 if (this->is_stub_table_owner())
5169 this->stub_table_
->finalize_data_size();
5170 off
= align_address(off
, this->stub_table_
->addralign());
5171 off
+= this->stub_table_
->data_size();
5173 this->set_data_size(off
);
5176 // Reset address and file offset.
5178 template<bool big_endian
>
5180 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::do_reset_address_and_file_offset()
5182 // Size of the original input section contents.
5183 off_t off
= convert_types
<off_t
, uint64_t>(this->original_size_
);
5185 // If this is a stub table owner, account for the stub table size.
5186 if (this->is_stub_table_owner())
5188 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
= this->stub_table_
;
5190 // Reset the stub table's address and file offset. The
5191 // current data size for child will be updated after that.
5192 stub_table_
->reset_address_and_file_offset();
5193 off
= align_address(off
, stub_table_
->addralign());
5194 off
+= stub_table
->current_data_size();
5197 this->set_current_data_size(off
);
5200 // Arm_exidx_cantunwind methods.
5202 // Write this to Output file OF for a fixed endianness.
5204 template<bool big_endian
>
5206 Arm_exidx_cantunwind::do_fixed_endian_write(Output_file
* of
)
5208 off_t offset
= this->offset();
5209 const section_size_type oview_size
= 8;
5210 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
5212 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
5213 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(oview
);
5215 Output_section
* os
= this->relobj_
->output_section(this->shndx_
);
5216 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
5218 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5219 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(this->relobj_
);
5220 Arm_address output_offset
=
5221 arm_relobj
->get_output_section_offset(this->shndx_
);
5222 Arm_address section_start
;
5223 section_size_type section_size
;
5225 // Find out the end of the text section referred by this.
5226 if (output_offset
!= Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::invalid_address
)
5228 section_start
= os
->address() + output_offset
;
5229 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
=
5230 arm_relobj
->exidx_input_section_by_link(this->shndx_
);
5231 gold_assert(exidx_input_section
!= NULL
);
5233 convert_to_section_size_type(exidx_input_section
->text_size());
5237 // Currently this only happens for a relaxed section.
5238 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
5239 os
->find_relaxed_input_section(this->relobj_
, this->shndx_
);
5240 gold_assert(poris
!= NULL
);
5241 section_start
= poris
->address();
5242 section_size
= convert_to_section_size_type(poris
->data_size());
5245 // We always append this to the end of an EXIDX section.
5246 Arm_address output_address
= section_start
+ section_size
;
5248 // Write out the entry. The first word either points to the beginning
5249 // or after the end of a text section. The second word is the special
5250 // EXIDX_CANTUNWIND value.
5251 uint32_t prel31_offset
= output_address
- this->address();
5252 if (utils::has_overflow
<31>(offset
))
5253 gold_error(_("PREL31 overflow in EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry"));
5254 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, prel31_offset
& 0x7fffffffU
);
5255 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, elfcpp::EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
);
5257 of
->write_output_view(this->offset(), oview_size
, oview
);
5260 // Arm_exidx_merged_section methods.
5262 // Constructor for Arm_exidx_merged_section.
5263 // EXIDX_INPUT_SECTION points to the unmodified EXIDX input section.
5264 // SECTION_OFFSET_MAP points to a section offset map describing how
5265 // parts of the input section are mapped to output. DELETED_BYTES is
5266 // the number of bytes deleted from the EXIDX input section.
5268 Arm_exidx_merged_section::Arm_exidx_merged_section(
5269 const Arm_exidx_input_section
& exidx_input_section
,
5270 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
& section_offset_map
,
5271 uint32_t deleted_bytes
)
5272 : Output_relaxed_input_section(exidx_input_section
.relobj(),
5273 exidx_input_section
.shndx(),
5274 exidx_input_section
.addralign()),
5275 exidx_input_section_(exidx_input_section
),
5276 section_offset_map_(section_offset_map
)
5278 // If we retain or discard the whole EXIDX input section, we would
5280 gold_assert(deleted_bytes
!= 0
5281 && deleted_bytes
!= this->exidx_input_section_
.size());
5283 // Fix size here so that we do not need to implement set_final_data_size.
5284 uint32_t size
= exidx_input_section
.size() - deleted_bytes
;
5285 this->set_data_size(size
);
5286 this->fix_data_size();
5288 // Allocate buffer for section contents and build contents.
5289 this->section_contents_
= new unsigned char[size
];
5292 // Build the contents of a merged EXIDX output section.
5295 Arm_exidx_merged_section::build_contents(
5296 const unsigned char* original_contents
,
5297 section_size_type original_size
)
5299 // Go over spans of input offsets and write only those that are not
5301 section_offset_type in_start
= 0;
5302 section_offset_type out_start
= 0;
5303 section_offset_type in_max
=
5304 convert_types
<section_offset_type
>(original_size
);
5305 section_offset_type out_max
=
5306 convert_types
<section_offset_type
>(this->data_size());
5307 for (Arm_exidx_section_offset_map::const_iterator p
=
5308 this->section_offset_map_
.begin();
5309 p
!= this->section_offset_map_
.end();
5312 section_offset_type in_end
= p
->first
;
5313 gold_assert(in_end
>= in_start
);
5314 section_offset_type out_end
= p
->second
;
5315 size_t in_chunk_size
= convert_types
<size_t>(in_end
- in_start
+ 1);
5318 size_t out_chunk_size
=
5319 convert_types
<size_t>(out_end
- out_start
+ 1);
5321 gold_assert(out_chunk_size
== in_chunk_size
5322 && in_end
< in_max
&& out_end
< out_max
);
5324 memcpy(this->section_contents_
+ out_start
,
5325 original_contents
+ in_start
,
5327 out_start
+= out_chunk_size
;
5329 in_start
+= in_chunk_size
;
5333 // Given an input OBJECT, an input section index SHNDX within that
5334 // object, and an OFFSET relative to the start of that input
5335 // section, return whether or not the corresponding offset within
5336 // the output section is known. If this function returns true, it
5337 // sets *POUTPUT to the output offset. The value -1 indicates that
5338 // this input offset is being discarded.
5341 Arm_exidx_merged_section::do_output_offset(
5342 const Relobj
* relobj
,
5344 section_offset_type offset
,
5345 section_offset_type
* poutput
) const
5347 // We only handle offsets for the original EXIDX input section.
5348 if (relobj
!= this->exidx_input_section_
.relobj()
5349 || shndx
!= this->exidx_input_section_
.shndx())
5352 section_offset_type section_size
=
5353 convert_types
<section_offset_type
>(this->exidx_input_section_
.size());
5354 if (offset
< 0 || offset
>= section_size
)
5355 // Input offset is out of valid range.
5359 // We need to look up the section offset map to determine the output
5360 // offset. Find the reference point in map that is first offset
5361 // bigger than or equal to this offset.
5362 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map::const_iterator p
=
5363 this->section_offset_map_
.lower_bound(offset
);
5365 // The section offset maps are build such that this should not happen if
5366 // input offset is in the valid range.
5367 gold_assert(p
!= this->section_offset_map_
.end());
5369 // We need to check if this is dropped.
5370 section_offset_type ref
= p
->first
;
5371 section_offset_type mapped_ref
= p
->second
;
5373 if (mapped_ref
!= Arm_exidx_input_section::invalid_offset
)
5374 // Offset is present in output.
5375 *poutput
= mapped_ref
+ (offset
- ref
);
5377 // Offset is discarded owing to EXIDX entry merging.
5384 // Write this to output file OF.
5387 Arm_exidx_merged_section::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
5389 off_t offset
= this->offset();
5390 const section_size_type oview_size
= this->data_size();
5391 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
5393 Output_section
* os
= this->relobj()->output_section(this->shndx());
5394 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
5396 memcpy(oview
, this->section_contents_
, oview_size
);
5397 of
->write_output_view(this->offset(), oview_size
, oview
);
5400 // Arm_exidx_fixup methods.
5402 // Append an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND in the current output section if the last entry
5403 // is not an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry already. The new EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry
5404 // points to the end of the last seen EXIDX section.
5407 Arm_exidx_fixup::add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed()
5409 if (this->last_unwind_type_
!= UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
5410 && this->last_input_section_
!= NULL
)
5412 Relobj
* relobj
= this->last_input_section_
->relobj();
5413 unsigned int text_shndx
= this->last_input_section_
->link();
5414 Arm_exidx_cantunwind
* cantunwind
=
5415 new Arm_exidx_cantunwind(relobj
, text_shndx
);
5416 this->exidx_output_section_
->add_output_section_data(cantunwind
);
5417 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
;
5421 // Process an EXIDX section entry in input. Return whether this entry
5422 // can be deleted in the output. SECOND_WORD in the second word of the
5426 Arm_exidx_fixup::process_exidx_entry(uint32_t second_word
)
5429 if (second_word
== elfcpp::EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
)
5431 // Merge if previous entry is also an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND.
5432 delete_entry
= this->last_unwind_type_
== UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
;
5433 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
;
5435 else if ((second_word
& 0x80000000) != 0)
5437 // Inlined unwinding data. Merge if equal to previous.
5438 delete_entry
= (merge_exidx_entries_
5439 && this->last_unwind_type_
== UT_INLINED_ENTRY
5440 && this->last_inlined_entry_
== second_word
);
5441 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_INLINED_ENTRY
;
5442 this->last_inlined_entry_
= second_word
;
5446 // Normal table entry. In theory we could merge these too,
5447 // but duplicate entries are likely to be much less common.
5448 delete_entry
= false;
5449 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_NORMAL_ENTRY
;
5451 return delete_entry
;
5454 // Update the current section offset map during EXIDX section fix-up.
5455 // If there is no map, create one. INPUT_OFFSET is the offset of a
5456 // reference point, DELETED_BYTES is the number of deleted by in the
5457 // section so far. If DELETE_ENTRY is true, the reference point and
5458 // all offsets after the previous reference point are discarded.
5461 Arm_exidx_fixup::update_offset_map(
5462 section_offset_type input_offset
,
5463 section_size_type deleted_bytes
,
5466 if (this->section_offset_map_
== NULL
)
5467 this->section_offset_map_
= new Arm_exidx_section_offset_map();
5468 section_offset_type output_offset
;
5470 output_offset
= Arm_exidx_input_section::invalid_offset
;
5472 output_offset
= input_offset
- deleted_bytes
;
5473 (*this->section_offset_map_
)[input_offset
] = output_offset
;
5476 // Process EXIDX_INPUT_SECTION for EXIDX entry merging. Return the number of
5477 // bytes deleted. SECTION_CONTENTS points to the contents of the EXIDX
5478 // section and SECTION_SIZE is the number of bytes pointed by SECTION_CONTENTS.
5479 // If some entries are merged, also store a pointer to a newly created
5480 // Arm_exidx_section_offset_map object in *PSECTION_OFFSET_MAP. The caller
5481 // owns the map and is responsible for releasing it after use.
5483 template<bool big_endian
>
5485 Arm_exidx_fixup::process_exidx_section(
5486 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
,
5487 const unsigned char* section_contents
,
5488 section_size_type section_size
,
5489 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
** psection_offset_map
)
5491 Relobj
* relobj
= exidx_input_section
->relobj();
5492 unsigned shndx
= exidx_input_section
->shndx();
5494 if ((section_size
% 8) != 0)
5496 // Something is wrong with this section. Better not touch it.
5497 gold_error(_("uneven .ARM.exidx section size in %s section %u"),
5498 relobj
->name().c_str(), shndx
);
5499 this->last_input_section_
= exidx_input_section
;
5500 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_NONE
;
5504 uint32_t deleted_bytes
= 0;
5505 bool prev_delete_entry
= false;
5506 gold_assert(this->section_offset_map_
== NULL
);
5508 for (section_size_type i
= 0; i
< section_size
; i
+= 8)
5510 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
5512 reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(section_contents
+ i
+ 4);
5513 uint32_t second_word
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
5515 bool delete_entry
= this->process_exidx_entry(second_word
);
5517 // Entry deletion causes changes in output offsets. We use a std::map
5518 // to record these. And entry (x, y) means input offset x
5519 // is mapped to output offset y. If y is invalid_offset, then x is
5520 // dropped in the output. Because of the way std::map::lower_bound
5521 // works, we record the last offset in a region w.r.t to keeping or
5522 // dropping. If there is no entry (x0, y0) for an input offset x0,
5523 // the output offset y0 of it is determined by the output offset y1 of
5524 // the smallest input offset x1 > x0 that there is an (x1, y1) entry
5525 // in the map. If y1 is not -1, then y0 = y1 + x0 - x1. Othewise, y1
5527 if (delete_entry
!= prev_delete_entry
&& i
!= 0)
5528 this->update_offset_map(i
- 1, deleted_bytes
, prev_delete_entry
);
5530 // Update total deleted bytes for this entry.
5534 prev_delete_entry
= delete_entry
;
5537 // If section offset map is not NULL, make an entry for the end of
5539 if (this->section_offset_map_
!= NULL
)
5540 update_offset_map(section_size
- 1, deleted_bytes
, prev_delete_entry
);
5542 *psection_offset_map
= this->section_offset_map_
;
5543 this->section_offset_map_
= NULL
;
5544 this->last_input_section_
= exidx_input_section
;
5546 // Set the first output text section so that we can link the EXIDX output
5547 // section to it. Ignore any EXIDX input section that is completely merged.
5548 if (this->first_output_text_section_
== NULL
5549 && deleted_bytes
!= section_size
)
5551 unsigned int link
= exidx_input_section
->link();
5552 Output_section
* os
= relobj
->output_section(link
);
5553 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
5554 this->first_output_text_section_
= os
;
5557 return deleted_bytes
;
5560 // Arm_output_section methods.
5562 // Create a stub group for input sections from BEGIN to END. OWNER
5563 // points to the input section to be the owner a new stub table.
5565 template<bool big_endian
>
5567 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::create_stub_group(
5568 Input_section_list::const_iterator begin
,
5569 Input_section_list::const_iterator end
,
5570 Input_section_list::const_iterator owner
,
5571 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* target
,
5572 std::vector
<Output_relaxed_input_section
*>* new_relaxed_sections
,
5575 // We use a different kind of relaxed section in an EXIDX section.
5576 // The static casting from Output_relaxed_input_section to
5577 // Arm_input_section is invalid in an EXIDX section. We are okay
5578 // because we should not be calling this for an EXIDX section.
5579 gold_assert(this->type() != elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
);
5581 // Currently we convert ordinary input sections into relaxed sections only
5582 // at this point but we may want to support creating relaxed input section
5583 // very early. So we check here to see if owner is already a relaxed
5586 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* arm_input_section
;
5587 if (owner
->is_relaxed_input_section())
5590 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::as_arm_input_section(
5591 owner
->relaxed_input_section());
5595 gold_assert(owner
->is_input_section());
5596 // Create a new relaxed input section. We need to lock the original
5598 Task_lock_obj
<Object
> tl(task
, owner
->relobj());
5600 target
->new_arm_input_section(owner
->relobj(), owner
->shndx());
5601 new_relaxed_sections
->push_back(arm_input_section
);
5604 // Create a stub table.
5605 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
5606 target
->new_stub_table(arm_input_section
);
5608 arm_input_section
->set_stub_table(stub_table
);
5610 Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= begin
;
5611 Input_section_list::const_iterator prev_p
;
5613 // Look for input sections or relaxed input sections in [begin ... end].
5616 if (p
->is_input_section() || p
->is_relaxed_input_section())
5618 // The stub table information for input sections live
5619 // in their objects.
5620 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5621 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(p
->relobj());
5622 arm_relobj
->set_stub_table(p
->shndx(), stub_table
);
5626 while (prev_p
!= end
);
5629 // Group input sections for stub generation. GROUP_SIZE is roughly the limit
5630 // of stub groups. We grow a stub group by adding input section until the
5631 // size is just below GROUP_SIZE. The last input section will be converted
5632 // into a stub table. If STUB_ALWAYS_AFTER_BRANCH is false, we also add
5633 // input section after the stub table, effectively double the group size.
5635 // This is similar to the group_sections() function in elf32-arm.c but is
5636 // implemented differently.
5638 template<bool big_endian
>
5640 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::group_sections(
5641 section_size_type group_size
,
5642 bool stubs_always_after_branch
,
5643 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* target
,
5646 // We only care about sections containing code.
5647 if ((this->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
) == 0)
5650 // States for grouping.
5653 // No group is being built.
5655 // A group is being built but the stub table is not found yet.
5656 // We keep group a stub group until the size is just under GROUP_SIZE.
5657 // The last input section in the group will be used as the stub table.
5658 FINDING_STUB_SECTION
,
5659 // A group is being built and we have already found a stub table.
5660 // We enter this state to grow a stub group by adding input section
5661 // after the stub table. This effectively doubles the group size.
5665 // Any newly created relaxed sections are stored here.
5666 std::vector
<Output_relaxed_input_section
*> new_relaxed_sections
;
5668 State state
= NO_GROUP
;
5669 section_size_type off
= 0;
5670 section_size_type group_begin_offset
= 0;
5671 section_size_type group_end_offset
= 0;
5672 section_size_type stub_table_end_offset
= 0;
5673 Input_section_list::const_iterator group_begin
=
5674 this->input_sections().end();
5675 Input_section_list::const_iterator stub_table
=
5676 this->input_sections().end();
5677 Input_section_list::const_iterator group_end
= this->input_sections().end();
5678 for (Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= this->input_sections().begin();
5679 p
!= this->input_sections().end();
5682 section_size_type section_begin_offset
=
5683 align_address(off
, p
->addralign());
5684 section_size_type section_end_offset
=
5685 section_begin_offset
+ p
->data_size();
5687 // Check to see if we should group the previously seens sections.
5693 case FINDING_STUB_SECTION
:
5694 // Adding this section makes the group larger than GROUP_SIZE.
5695 if (section_end_offset
- group_begin_offset
>= group_size
)
5697 if (stubs_always_after_branch
)
5699 gold_assert(group_end
!= this->input_sections().end());
5700 this->create_stub_group(group_begin
, group_end
, group_end
,
5701 target
, &new_relaxed_sections
,
5707 // But wait, there's more! Input sections up to
5708 // stub_group_size bytes after the stub table can be
5709 // handled by it too.
5710 state
= HAS_STUB_SECTION
;
5711 stub_table
= group_end
;
5712 stub_table_end_offset
= group_end_offset
;
5717 case HAS_STUB_SECTION
:
5718 // Adding this section makes the post stub-section group larger
5720 if (section_end_offset
- stub_table_end_offset
>= group_size
)
5722 gold_assert(group_end
!= this->input_sections().end());
5723 this->create_stub_group(group_begin
, group_end
, stub_table
,
5724 target
, &new_relaxed_sections
, task
);
5733 // If we see an input section and currently there is no group, start
5734 // a new one. Skip any empty sections. We look at the data size
5735 // instead of calling p->relobj()->section_size() to avoid locking.
5736 if ((p
->is_input_section() || p
->is_relaxed_input_section())
5737 && (p
->data_size() != 0))
5739 if (state
== NO_GROUP
)
5741 state
= FINDING_STUB_SECTION
;
5743 group_begin_offset
= section_begin_offset
;
5746 // Keep track of the last input section seen.
5748 group_end_offset
= section_end_offset
;
5751 off
= section_end_offset
;
5754 // Create a stub group for any ungrouped sections.
5755 if (state
== FINDING_STUB_SECTION
|| state
== HAS_STUB_SECTION
)
5757 gold_assert(group_end
!= this->input_sections().end());
5758 this->create_stub_group(group_begin
, group_end
,
5759 (state
== FINDING_STUB_SECTION
5762 target
, &new_relaxed_sections
, task
);
5765 // Convert input section into relaxed input section in a batch.
5766 if (!new_relaxed_sections
.empty())
5767 this->convert_input_sections_to_relaxed_sections(new_relaxed_sections
);
5769 // Update the section offsets
5770 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< new_relaxed_sections
.size(); ++i
)
5772 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5773 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(
5774 new_relaxed_sections
[i
]->relobj());
5775 unsigned int shndx
= new_relaxed_sections
[i
]->shndx();
5776 // Tell Arm_relobj that this input section is converted.
5777 arm_relobj
->convert_input_section_to_relaxed_section(shndx
);
5781 // Append non empty text sections in this to LIST in ascending
5782 // order of their position in this.
5784 template<bool big_endian
>
5786 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::append_text_sections_to_list(
5787 Text_section_list
* list
)
5789 gold_assert((this->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
) != 0);
5791 for (Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= this->input_sections().begin();
5792 p
!= this->input_sections().end();
5795 // We only care about plain or relaxed input sections. We also
5796 // ignore any merged sections.
5797 if ((p
->is_input_section() || p
->is_relaxed_input_section())
5798 && p
->data_size() != 0)
5799 list
->push_back(Text_section_list::value_type(p
->relobj(),
5804 template<bool big_endian
>
5806 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::fix_exidx_coverage(
5808 const Text_section_list
& sorted_text_sections
,
5809 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
5810 bool merge_exidx_entries
,
5813 // We should only do this for the EXIDX output section.
5814 gold_assert(this->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
);
5816 // We don't want the relaxation loop to undo these changes, so we discard
5817 // the current saved states and take another one after the fix-up.
5818 this->discard_states();
5820 // Remove all input sections.
5821 uint64_t address
= this->address();
5822 typedef std::list
<Output_section::Input_section
> Input_section_list
;
5823 Input_section_list input_sections
;
5824 this->reset_address_and_file_offset();
5825 this->get_input_sections(address
, std::string(""), &input_sections
);
5827 if (!this->input_sections().empty())
5828 gold_error(_("Found non-EXIDX input sections in EXIDX output section"));
5830 // Go through all the known input sections and record them.
5831 typedef Unordered_set
<Section_id
, Section_id_hash
> Section_id_set
;
5832 typedef Unordered_map
<Section_id
, const Output_section::Input_section
*,
5833 Section_id_hash
> Text_to_exidx_map
;
5834 Text_to_exidx_map text_to_exidx_map
;
5835 for (Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= input_sections
.begin();
5836 p
!= input_sections
.end();
5839 // This should never happen. At this point, we should only see
5840 // plain EXIDX input sections.
5841 gold_assert(!p
->is_relaxed_input_section());
5842 text_to_exidx_map
[Section_id(p
->relobj(), p
->shndx())] = &(*p
);
5845 Arm_exidx_fixup
exidx_fixup(this, merge_exidx_entries
);
5847 // Go over the sorted text sections.
5848 typedef Unordered_set
<Section_id
, Section_id_hash
> Section_id_set
;
5849 Section_id_set processed_input_sections
;
5850 for (Text_section_list::const_iterator p
= sorted_text_sections
.begin();
5851 p
!= sorted_text_sections
.end();
5854 Relobj
* relobj
= p
->first
;
5855 unsigned int shndx
= p
->second
;
5857 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5858 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(relobj
);
5859 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
=
5860 arm_relobj
->exidx_input_section_by_link(shndx
);
5862 // If this text section has no EXIDX section or if the EXIDX section
5863 // has errors, force an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry pointing to the end
5864 // of the last seen EXIDX section.
5865 if (exidx_input_section
== NULL
|| exidx_input_section
->has_errors())
5867 exidx_fixup
.add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
5871 Relobj
* exidx_relobj
= exidx_input_section
->relobj();
5872 unsigned int exidx_shndx
= exidx_input_section
->shndx();
5873 Section_id
sid(exidx_relobj
, exidx_shndx
);
5874 Text_to_exidx_map::const_iterator iter
= text_to_exidx_map
.find(sid
);
5875 if (iter
== text_to_exidx_map
.end())
5877 // This is odd. We have not seen this EXIDX input section before.
5878 // We cannot do fix-up. If we saw a SECTIONS clause in a script,
5879 // issue a warning instead. We assume the user knows what he
5880 // or she is doing. Otherwise, this is an error.
5881 if (layout
->script_options()->saw_sections_clause())
5882 gold_warning(_("unwinding may not work because EXIDX input section"
5883 " %u of %s is not in EXIDX output section"),
5884 exidx_shndx
, exidx_relobj
->name().c_str());
5886 gold_error(_("unwinding may not work because EXIDX input section"
5887 " %u of %s is not in EXIDX output section"),
5888 exidx_shndx
, exidx_relobj
->name().c_str());
5890 exidx_fixup
.add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
5894 // We need to access the contents of the EXIDX section, lock the
5896 Task_lock_obj
<Object
> tl(task
, exidx_relobj
);
5897 section_size_type exidx_size
;
5898 const unsigned char* exidx_contents
=
5899 exidx_relobj
->section_contents(exidx_shndx
, &exidx_size
, false);
5901 // Fix up coverage and append input section to output data list.
5902 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
* section_offset_map
= NULL
;
5903 uint32_t deleted_bytes
=
5904 exidx_fixup
.process_exidx_section
<big_endian
>(exidx_input_section
,
5907 §ion_offset_map
);
5909 if (deleted_bytes
== exidx_input_section
->size())
5911 // The whole EXIDX section got merged. Remove it from output.
5912 gold_assert(section_offset_map
== NULL
);
5913 exidx_relobj
->set_output_section(exidx_shndx
, NULL
);
5915 // All local symbols defined in this input section will be dropped.
5916 // We need to adjust output local symbol count.
5917 arm_relobj
->set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update();
5919 else if (deleted_bytes
> 0)
5921 // Some entries are merged. We need to convert this EXIDX input
5922 // section into a relaxed section.
5923 gold_assert(section_offset_map
!= NULL
);
5925 Arm_exidx_merged_section
* merged_section
=
5926 new Arm_exidx_merged_section(*exidx_input_section
,
5927 *section_offset_map
, deleted_bytes
);
5928 merged_section
->build_contents(exidx_contents
, exidx_size
);
5930 const std::string secname
= exidx_relobj
->section_name(exidx_shndx
);
5931 this->add_relaxed_input_section(layout
, merged_section
, secname
);
5932 arm_relobj
->convert_input_section_to_relaxed_section(exidx_shndx
);
5934 // All local symbols defined in discarded portions of this input
5935 // section will be dropped. We need to adjust output local symbol
5937 arm_relobj
->set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update();
5941 // Just add back the EXIDX input section.
5942 gold_assert(section_offset_map
== NULL
);
5943 const Output_section::Input_section
* pis
= iter
->second
;
5944 gold_assert(pis
->is_input_section());
5945 this->add_script_input_section(*pis
);
5948 processed_input_sections
.insert(Section_id(exidx_relobj
, exidx_shndx
));
5951 // Insert an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry at the end of output if necessary.
5952 exidx_fixup
.add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
5954 // Remove any known EXIDX input sections that are not processed.
5955 for (Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= input_sections
.begin();
5956 p
!= input_sections
.end();
5959 if (processed_input_sections
.find(Section_id(p
->relobj(), p
->shndx()))
5960 == processed_input_sections
.end())
5962 // We discard a known EXIDX section because its linked
5963 // text section has been folded by ICF. We also discard an
5964 // EXIDX section with error, the output does not matter in this
5965 // case. We do this to avoid triggering asserts.
5966 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5967 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(p
->relobj());
5968 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
=
5969 arm_relobj
->exidx_input_section_by_shndx(p
->shndx());
5970 gold_assert(exidx_input_section
!= NULL
);
5971 if (!exidx_input_section
->has_errors())
5973 unsigned int text_shndx
= exidx_input_section
->link();
5974 gold_assert(symtab
->is_section_folded(p
->relobj(), text_shndx
));
5977 // Remove this from link. We also need to recount the
5979 p
->relobj()->set_output_section(p
->shndx(), NULL
);
5980 arm_relobj
->set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update();
5984 // Link exidx output section to the first seen output section and
5985 // set correct entry size.
5986 this->set_link_section(exidx_fixup
.first_output_text_section());
5987 this->set_entsize(8);
5989 // Make changes permanent.
5990 this->save_states();
5991 this->set_section_offsets_need_adjustment();
5994 // Link EXIDX output sections to text output sections.
5996 template<bool big_endian
>
5998 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::set_exidx_section_link()
6000 gold_assert(this->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
);
6001 if (!this->input_sections().empty())
6003 Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= this->input_sections().begin();
6004 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
6005 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(p
->relobj());
6006 unsigned exidx_shndx
= p
->shndx();
6007 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
=
6008 arm_relobj
->exidx_input_section_by_shndx(exidx_shndx
);
6009 gold_assert(exidx_input_section
!= NULL
);
6010 unsigned int text_shndx
= exidx_input_section
->link();
6011 Output_section
* os
= arm_relobj
->output_section(text_shndx
);
6012 this->set_link_section(os
);
6016 // Arm_relobj methods.
6018 // Determine if an input section is scannable for stub processing. SHDR is
6019 // the header of the section and SHNDX is the section index. OS is the output
6020 // section for the input section and SYMTAB is the global symbol table used to
6021 // look up ICF information.
6023 template<bool big_endian
>
6025 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::section_is_scannable(
6026 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
6028 const Output_section
* os
,
6029 const Symbol_table
* symtab
)
6031 // Skip any empty sections, unallocated sections or sections whose
6032 // type are not SHT_PROGBITS.
6033 if (shdr
.get_sh_size() == 0
6034 || (shdr
.get_sh_flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
) == 0
6035 || shdr
.get_sh_type() != elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
)
6038 // Skip any discarded or ICF'ed sections.
6039 if (os
== NULL
|| symtab
->is_section_folded(this, shndx
))
6042 // If this requires special offset handling, check to see if it is
6043 // a relaxed section. If this is not, then it is a merged section that
6044 // we cannot handle.
6045 if (this->is_output_section_offset_invalid(shndx
))
6047 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
6048 os
->find_relaxed_input_section(this, shndx
);
6056 // Determine if we want to scan the SHNDX-th section for relocation stubs.
6057 // This is a helper for Arm_relobj::scan_sections_for_stubs() below.
6059 template<bool big_endian
>
6061 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::section_needs_reloc_stub_scanning(
6062 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
6063 const Relobj::Output_sections
& out_sections
,
6064 const Symbol_table
* symtab
,
6065 const unsigned char* pshdrs
)
6067 unsigned int sh_type
= shdr
.get_sh_type();
6068 if (sh_type
!= elfcpp::SHT_REL
&& sh_type
!= elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
6071 // Ignore empty section.
6072 off_t sh_size
= shdr
.get_sh_size();
6076 // Ignore reloc section with unexpected symbol table. The
6077 // error will be reported in the final link.
6078 if (this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_link()) != this->symtab_shndx())
6081 unsigned int reloc_size
;
6082 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
6083 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
;
6085 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rela_size
;
6087 // Ignore reloc section with unexpected entsize or uneven size.
6088 // The error will be reported in the final link.
6089 if (reloc_size
!= shdr
.get_sh_entsize() || sh_size
% reloc_size
!= 0)
6092 // Ignore reloc section with bad info. This error will be
6093 // reported in the final link.
6094 unsigned int index
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_info());
6095 if (index
>= this->shnum())
6098 const unsigned int shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6099 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> text_shdr(pshdrs
+ index
* shdr_size
);
6100 return this->section_is_scannable(text_shdr
, index
,
6101 out_sections
[index
], symtab
);
6104 // Return the output address of either a plain input section or a relaxed
6105 // input section. SHNDX is the section index. We define and use this
6106 // instead of calling Output_section::output_address because that is slow
6107 // for large output.
6109 template<bool big_endian
>
6111 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::simple_input_section_output_address(
6115 if (this->is_output_section_offset_invalid(shndx
))
6117 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
6118 os
->find_relaxed_input_section(this, shndx
);
6119 // We do not handle merged sections here.
6120 gold_assert(poris
!= NULL
);
6121 return poris
->address();
6124 return os
->address() + this->get_output_section_offset(shndx
);
6127 // Determine if we want to scan the SHNDX-th section for non-relocation stubs.
6128 // This is a helper for Arm_relobj::scan_sections_for_stubs() below.
6130 template<bool big_endian
>
6132 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::section_needs_cortex_a8_stub_scanning(
6133 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
6136 const Symbol_table
* symtab
)
6138 if (!this->section_is_scannable(shdr
, shndx
, os
, symtab
))
6141 // If the section does not cross any 4K-boundaries, it does not need to
6143 Arm_address address
= this->simple_input_section_output_address(shndx
, os
);
6144 if ((address
& ~0xfffU
) == ((address
+ shdr
.get_sh_size() - 1) & ~0xfffU
))
6150 // Scan a section for Cortex-A8 workaround.
6152 template<bool big_endian
>
6154 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::scan_section_for_cortex_a8_erratum(
6155 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
6158 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
)
6160 // Look for the first mapping symbol in this section. It should be
6162 Mapping_symbol_position
section_start(shndx
, 0);
6163 typename
Mapping_symbols_info::const_iterator p
=
6164 this->mapping_symbols_info_
.lower_bound(section_start
);
6166 // There are no mapping symbols for this section. Treat it as a data-only
6167 // section. Issue a warning if section is marked as containing
6169 if (p
== this->mapping_symbols_info_
.end() || p
->first
.first
!= shndx
)
6171 if ((this->section_flags(shndx
) & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
6172 gold_warning(_("cannot scan executable section %u of %s for Cortex-A8 "
6173 "erratum because it has no mapping symbols."),
6174 shndx
, this->name().c_str());
6178 Arm_address output_address
=
6179 this->simple_input_section_output_address(shndx
, os
);
6181 // Get the section contents.
6182 section_size_type input_view_size
= 0;
6183 const unsigned char* input_view
=
6184 this->section_contents(shndx
, &input_view_size
, false);
6186 // We need to go through the mapping symbols to determine what to
6187 // scan. There are two reasons. First, we should look at THUMB code and
6188 // THUMB code only. Second, we only want to look at the 4K-page boundary
6189 // to speed up the scanning.
6191 while (p
!= this->mapping_symbols_info_
.end()
6192 && p
->first
.first
== shndx
)
6194 typename
Mapping_symbols_info::const_iterator next
=
6195 this->mapping_symbols_info_
.upper_bound(p
->first
);
6197 // Only scan part of a section with THUMB code.
6198 if (p
->second
== 't')
6200 // Determine the end of this range.
6201 section_size_type span_start
=
6202 convert_to_section_size_type(p
->first
.second
);
6203 section_size_type span_end
;
6204 if (next
!= this->mapping_symbols_info_
.end()
6205 && next
->first
.first
== shndx
)
6206 span_end
= convert_to_section_size_type(next
->first
.second
);
6208 span_end
= convert_to_section_size_type(shdr
.get_sh_size());
6210 if (((span_start
+ output_address
) & ~0xfffUL
)
6211 != ((span_end
+ output_address
- 1) & ~0xfffUL
))
6213 arm_target
->scan_span_for_cortex_a8_erratum(this, shndx
,
6214 span_start
, span_end
,
6224 // Scan relocations for stub generation.
6226 template<bool big_endian
>
6228 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::scan_sections_for_stubs(
6229 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
,
6230 const Symbol_table
* symtab
,
6231 const Layout
* layout
)
6233 unsigned int shnum
= this->shnum();
6234 const unsigned int shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6236 // Read the section headers.
6237 const unsigned char* pshdrs
= this->get_view(this->elf_file()->shoff(),
6241 // To speed up processing, we set up hash tables for fast lookup of
6242 // input offsets to output addresses.
6243 this->initialize_input_to_output_maps();
6245 const Relobj::Output_sections
& out_sections(this->output_sections());
6247 Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
> relinfo
;
6248 relinfo
.symtab
= symtab
;
6249 relinfo
.layout
= layout
;
6250 relinfo
.object
= this;
6252 // Do relocation stubs scanning.
6253 const unsigned char* p
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
6254 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< shnum
; ++i
, p
+= shdr_size
)
6256 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(p
);
6257 if (this->section_needs_reloc_stub_scanning(shdr
, out_sections
, symtab
,
6260 unsigned int index
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_info());
6261 Arm_address output_offset
= this->get_output_section_offset(index
);
6262 Arm_address output_address
;
6263 if (output_offset
!= invalid_address
)
6264 output_address
= out_sections
[index
]->address() + output_offset
;
6267 // Currently this only happens for a relaxed section.
6268 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
6269 out_sections
[index
]->find_relaxed_input_section(this, index
);
6270 gold_assert(poris
!= NULL
);
6271 output_address
= poris
->address();
6274 // Get the relocations.
6275 const unsigned char* prelocs
= this->get_view(shdr
.get_sh_offset(),
6279 // Get the section contents. This does work for the case in which
6280 // we modify the contents of an input section. We need to pass the
6281 // output view under such circumstances.
6282 section_size_type input_view_size
= 0;
6283 const unsigned char* input_view
=
6284 this->section_contents(index
, &input_view_size
, false);
6286 relinfo
.reloc_shndx
= i
;
6287 relinfo
.data_shndx
= index
;
6288 unsigned int sh_type
= shdr
.get_sh_type();
6289 unsigned int reloc_size
;
6290 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
6291 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
;
6293 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rela_size
;
6295 Output_section
* os
= out_sections
[index
];
6296 arm_target
->scan_section_for_stubs(&relinfo
, sh_type
, prelocs
,
6297 shdr
.get_sh_size() / reloc_size
,
6299 output_offset
== invalid_address
,
6300 input_view
, output_address
,
6305 // Do Cortex-A8 erratum stubs scanning. This has to be done for a section
6306 // after its relocation section, if there is one, is processed for
6307 // relocation stubs. Merging this loop with the one above would have been
6308 // complicated since we would have had to make sure that relocation stub
6309 // scanning is done first.
6310 if (arm_target
->fix_cortex_a8())
6312 const unsigned char* p
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
6313 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< shnum
; ++i
, p
+= shdr_size
)
6315 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(p
);
6316 if (this->section_needs_cortex_a8_stub_scanning(shdr
, i
,
6319 this->scan_section_for_cortex_a8_erratum(shdr
, i
, out_sections
[i
],
6324 // After we've done the relocations, we release the hash tables,
6325 // since we no longer need them.
6326 this->free_input_to_output_maps();
6329 // Count the local symbols. The ARM backend needs to know if a symbol
6330 // is a THUMB function or not. For global symbols, it is easy because
6331 // the Symbol object keeps the ELF symbol type. For local symbol it is
6332 // harder because we cannot access this information. So we override the
6333 // do_count_local_symbol in parent and scan local symbols to mark
6334 // THUMB functions. This is not the most efficient way but I do not want to
6335 // slow down other ports by calling a per symbol targer hook inside
6336 // Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>::do_count_local_symbols.
6338 template<bool big_endian
>
6340 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::do_count_local_symbols(
6341 Stringpool_template
<char>* pool
,
6342 Stringpool_template
<char>* dynpool
)
6344 // We need to fix-up the values of any local symbols whose type are
6347 // Ask parent to count the local symbols.
6348 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_count_local_symbols(pool
, dynpool
);
6349 const unsigned int loccount
= this->local_symbol_count();
6353 // Intialize the thumb function bit-vector.
6354 std::vector
<bool> empty_vector(loccount
, false);
6355 this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
.swap(empty_vector
);
6357 // Read the symbol table section header.
6358 const unsigned int symtab_shndx
= this->symtab_shndx();
6359 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>
6360 symtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(symtab_shndx
));
6361 gold_assert(symtabshdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB
);
6363 // Read the local symbols.
6364 const int sym_size
=elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::sym_size
;
6365 gold_assert(loccount
== symtabshdr
.get_sh_info());
6366 off_t locsize
= loccount
* sym_size
;
6367 const unsigned char* psyms
= this->get_view(symtabshdr
.get_sh_offset(),
6368 locsize
, true, true);
6370 // For mapping symbol processing, we need to read the symbol names.
6371 unsigned int strtab_shndx
= this->adjust_shndx(symtabshdr
.get_sh_link());
6372 if (strtab_shndx
>= this->shnum())
6374 this->error(_("invalid symbol table name index: %u"), strtab_shndx
);
6378 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>
6379 strtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(strtab_shndx
));
6380 if (strtabshdr
.get_sh_type() != elfcpp::SHT_STRTAB
)
6382 this->error(_("symbol table name section has wrong type: %u"),
6383 static_cast<unsigned int>(strtabshdr
.get_sh_type()));
6386 const char* pnames
=
6387 reinterpret_cast<const char*>(this->get_view(strtabshdr
.get_sh_offset(),
6388 strtabshdr
.get_sh_size(),
6391 // Loop over the local symbols and mark any local symbols pointing
6392 // to THUMB functions.
6394 // Skip the first dummy symbol.
6396 typename Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::Local_values
* plocal_values
=
6397 this->local_values();
6398 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< loccount
; ++i
, psyms
+= sym_size
)
6400 elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
> sym(psyms
);
6401 elfcpp::STT st_type
= sym
.get_st_type();
6402 Symbol_value
<32>& lv((*plocal_values
)[i
]);
6403 Arm_address input_value
= lv
.input_value();
6405 // Check to see if this is a mapping symbol.
6406 const char* sym_name
= pnames
+ sym
.get_st_name();
6407 if (Target_arm
<big_endian
>::is_mapping_symbol_name(sym_name
))
6410 unsigned int input_shndx
=
6411 this->adjust_sym_shndx(i
, sym
.get_st_shndx(), &is_ordinary
);
6412 gold_assert(is_ordinary
);
6414 // Strip of LSB in case this is a THUMB symbol.
6415 Mapping_symbol_position
msp(input_shndx
, input_value
& ~1U);
6416 this->mapping_symbols_info_
[msp
] = sym_name
[1];
6419 if (st_type
== elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
6420 || (st_type
== elfcpp::STT_FUNC
&& ((input_value
& 1) != 0)))
6422 // This is a THUMB function. Mark this and canonicalize the
6423 // symbol value by setting LSB.
6424 this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
[i
] = true;
6425 if ((input_value
& 1) == 0)
6426 lv
.set_input_value(input_value
| 1);
6431 // Relocate sections.
6432 template<bool big_endian
>
6434 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::do_relocate_sections(
6435 const Symbol_table
* symtab
,
6436 const Layout
* layout
,
6437 const unsigned char* pshdrs
,
6439 typename Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::Views
* pviews
)
6441 // Call parent to relocate sections.
6442 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_relocate_sections(symtab
, layout
, pshdrs
,
6445 // We do not generate stubs if doing a relocatable link.
6446 if (parameters
->options().relocatable())
6449 // Relocate stub tables.
6450 unsigned int shnum
= this->shnum();
6452 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
=
6453 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::default_target();
6455 Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
> relinfo
;
6456 relinfo
.symtab
= symtab
;
6457 relinfo
.layout
= layout
;
6458 relinfo
.object
= this;
6460 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< shnum
; ++i
)
6462 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* arm_input_section
=
6463 arm_target
->find_arm_input_section(this, i
);
6465 if (arm_input_section
!= NULL
6466 && arm_input_section
->is_stub_table_owner()
6467 && !arm_input_section
->stub_table()->empty())
6469 // We cannot discard a section if it owns a stub table.
6470 Output_section
* os
= this->output_section(i
);
6471 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
6473 relinfo
.reloc_shndx
= elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
;
6474 relinfo
.reloc_shdr
= NULL
;
6475 relinfo
.data_shndx
= i
;
6476 relinfo
.data_shdr
= pshdrs
+ i
* elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6478 gold_assert((*pviews
)[i
].view
!= NULL
);
6480 // We are passed the output section view. Adjust it to cover the
6482 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
= arm_input_section
->stub_table();
6483 gold_assert((stub_table
->address() >= (*pviews
)[i
].address
)
6484 && ((stub_table
->address() + stub_table
->data_size())
6485 <= (*pviews
)[i
].address
+ (*pviews
)[i
].view_size
));
6487 off_t offset
= stub_table
->address() - (*pviews
)[i
].address
;
6488 unsigned char* view
= (*pviews
)[i
].view
+ offset
;
6489 Arm_address address
= stub_table
->address();
6490 section_size_type view_size
= stub_table
->data_size();
6492 stub_table
->relocate_stubs(&relinfo
, arm_target
, os
, view
, address
,
6496 // Apply Cortex A8 workaround if applicable.
6497 if (this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround(i
))
6499 unsigned char* view
= (*pviews
)[i
].view
;
6500 Arm_address view_address
= (*pviews
)[i
].address
;
6501 section_size_type view_size
= (*pviews
)[i
].view_size
;
6502 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
= this->stub_tables_
[i
];
6504 // Adjust view to cover section.
6505 Output_section
* os
= this->output_section(i
);
6506 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
6507 Arm_address section_address
=
6508 this->simple_input_section_output_address(i
, os
);
6509 uint64_t section_size
= this->section_size(i
);
6511 gold_assert(section_address
>= view_address
6512 && ((section_address
+ section_size
)
6513 <= (view_address
+ view_size
)));
6515 unsigned char* section_view
= view
+ (section_address
- view_address
);
6517 // Apply the Cortex-A8 workaround to the output address range
6518 // corresponding to this input section.
6519 stub_table
->apply_cortex_a8_workaround_to_address_range(
6528 // Find the linked text section of an EXIDX section by looking the the first
6529 // relocation. 4.4.1 of the EHABI specifications says that an EXIDX section
6530 // must be linked to to its associated code section via the sh_link field of
6531 // its section header. However, some tools are broken and the link is not
6532 // always set. LD just drops such an EXIDX section silently, causing the
6533 // associated code not unwindabled. Here we try a little bit harder to
6534 // discover the linked code section.
6536 // PSHDR points to the section header of a relocation section of an EXIDX
6537 // section. If we can find a linked text section, return true and
6538 // store the text section index in the location PSHNDX. Otherwise
6541 template<bool big_endian
>
6543 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::find_linked_text_section(
6544 const unsigned char* pshdr
,
6545 const unsigned char* psyms
,
6546 unsigned int* pshndx
)
6548 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(pshdr
);
6550 // If there is no relocation, we cannot find the linked text section.
6552 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
6553 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
;
6555 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rela_size
;
6556 size_t reloc_count
= shdr
.get_sh_size() / reloc_size
;
6558 // Get the relocations.
6559 const unsigned char* prelocs
=
6560 this->get_view(shdr
.get_sh_offset(), shdr
.get_sh_size(), true, false);
6562 // Find the REL31 relocation for the first word of the first EXIDX entry.
6563 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< reloc_count
; ++i
, prelocs
+= reloc_size
)
6565 Arm_address r_offset
;
6566 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_WXword r_info
;
6567 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
6569 typename
elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
> reloc(prelocs
);
6570 r_info
= reloc
.get_r_info();
6571 r_offset
= reloc
.get_r_offset();
6575 typename
elfcpp::Rela
<32, big_endian
> reloc(prelocs
);
6576 r_info
= reloc
.get_r_info();
6577 r_offset
= reloc
.get_r_offset();
6580 unsigned int r_type
= elfcpp::elf_r_type
<32>(r_info
);
6581 if (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
&& r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31
)
6584 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(r_info
);
6586 || r_sym
>= this->local_symbol_count()
6590 // This is the relocation for the first word of the first EXIDX entry.
6591 // We expect to see a local section symbol.
6592 const int sym_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::sym_size
;
6593 elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
> sym(psyms
+ r_sym
* sym_size
);
6594 if (sym
.get_st_type() == elfcpp::STT_SECTION
)
6598 this->adjust_sym_shndx(r_sym
, sym
.get_st_shndx(), &is_ordinary
);
6599 gold_assert(is_ordinary
);
6609 // Make an EXIDX input section object for an EXIDX section whose index is
6610 // SHNDX. SHDR is the section header of the EXIDX section and TEXT_SHNDX
6611 // is the section index of the linked text section.
6613 template<bool big_endian
>
6615 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::make_exidx_input_section(
6617 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
6618 unsigned int text_shndx
,
6619 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& text_shdr
)
6621 // Create an Arm_exidx_input_section object for this EXIDX section.
6622 Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
=
6623 new Arm_exidx_input_section(this, shndx
, text_shndx
, shdr
.get_sh_size(),
6624 shdr
.get_sh_addralign(),
6625 text_shdr
.get_sh_size());
6627 gold_assert(this->exidx_section_map_
[shndx
] == NULL
);
6628 this->exidx_section_map_
[shndx
] = exidx_input_section
;
6630 if (text_shndx
== elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
|| text_shndx
>= this->shnum())
6632 gold_error(_("EXIDX section %s(%u) links to invalid section %u in %s"),
6633 this->section_name(shndx
).c_str(), shndx
, text_shndx
,
6634 this->name().c_str());
6635 exidx_input_section
->set_has_errors();
6637 else if (this->exidx_section_map_
[text_shndx
] != NULL
)
6639 unsigned other_exidx_shndx
=
6640 this->exidx_section_map_
[text_shndx
]->shndx();
6641 gold_error(_("EXIDX sections %s(%u) and %s(%u) both link to text section"
6643 this->section_name(shndx
).c_str(), shndx
,
6644 this->section_name(other_exidx_shndx
).c_str(),
6645 other_exidx_shndx
, this->section_name(text_shndx
).c_str(),
6646 text_shndx
, this->name().c_str());
6647 exidx_input_section
->set_has_errors();
6650 this->exidx_section_map_
[text_shndx
] = exidx_input_section
;
6652 // Check section flags of text section.
6653 if ((text_shdr
.get_sh_flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
) == 0)
6655 gold_error(_("EXIDX section %s(%u) links to non-allocated section %s(%u) "
6657 this->section_name(shndx
).c_str(), shndx
,
6658 this->section_name(text_shndx
).c_str(), text_shndx
,
6659 this->name().c_str());
6660 exidx_input_section
->set_has_errors();
6662 else if ((text_shdr
.get_sh_flags() & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
) == 0)
6663 // I would like to make this an error but currenlty ld just ignores
6665 gold_warning(_("EXIDX section %s(%u) links to non-executable section "
6667 this->section_name(shndx
).c_str(), shndx
,
6668 this->section_name(text_shndx
).c_str(), text_shndx
,
6669 this->name().c_str());
6672 // Read the symbol information.
6674 template<bool big_endian
>
6676 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data
* sd
)
6678 // Call parent class to read symbol information.
6679 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_read_symbols(sd
);
6681 // If this input file is a binary file, it has no processor
6682 // specific flags and attributes section.
6683 Input_file::Format format
= this->input_file()->format();
6684 if (format
!= Input_file::FORMAT_ELF
)
6686 gold_assert(format
== Input_file::FORMAT_BINARY
);
6687 this->merge_flags_and_attributes_
= false;
6691 // Read processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
6692 const unsigned char* pehdr
= this->get_view(elfcpp::file_header_offset
,
6693 elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::ehdr_size
,
6695 elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
> ehdr(pehdr
);
6696 this->processor_specific_flags_
= ehdr
.get_e_flags();
6698 // Go over the section headers and look for .ARM.attributes and .ARM.exidx
6700 std::vector
<unsigned int> deferred_exidx_sections
;
6701 const size_t shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6702 const unsigned char* pshdrs
= sd
->section_headers
->data();
6703 const unsigned char* ps
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
6704 bool must_merge_flags_and_attributes
= false;
6705 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< this->shnum(); ++i
, ps
+= shdr_size
)
6707 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(ps
);
6709 // Sometimes an object has no contents except the section name string
6710 // table and an empty symbol table with the undefined symbol. We
6711 // don't want to merge processor-specific flags from such an object.
6712 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB
)
6714 // Symbol table is not empty.
6715 const elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_WXword sym_size
=
6716 elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::sym_size
;
6717 if (shdr
.get_sh_size() > sym_size
)
6718 must_merge_flags_and_attributes
= true;
6720 else if (shdr
.get_sh_type() != elfcpp::SHT_STRTAB
)
6721 // If this is neither an empty symbol table nor a string table,
6723 must_merge_flags_and_attributes
= true;
6725 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_ATTRIBUTES
)
6727 gold_assert(this->attributes_section_data_
== NULL
);
6728 section_offset_type section_offset
= shdr
.get_sh_offset();
6729 section_size_type section_size
=
6730 convert_to_section_size_type(shdr
.get_sh_size());
6731 const unsigned char* view
=
6732 this->get_view(section_offset
, section_size
, true, false);
6733 this->attributes_section_data_
=
6734 new Attributes_section_data(view
, section_size
);
6736 else if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
6738 unsigned int text_shndx
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_link());
6739 if (text_shndx
== elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
)
6740 deferred_exidx_sections
.push_back(i
);
6743 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> text_shdr(pshdrs
6744 + text_shndx
* shdr_size
);
6745 this->make_exidx_input_section(i
, shdr
, text_shndx
, text_shdr
);
6747 // EHABI 4.4.1 requires that SHF_LINK_ORDER flag to be set.
6748 if ((shdr
.get_sh_flags() & elfcpp::SHF_LINK_ORDER
) == 0)
6749 gold_warning(_("SHF_LINK_ORDER not set in EXIDX section %s of %s"),
6750 this->section_name(i
).c_str(), this->name().c_str());
6755 if (!must_merge_flags_and_attributes
)
6757 gold_assert(deferred_exidx_sections
.empty());
6758 this->merge_flags_and_attributes_
= false;
6762 // Some tools are broken and they do not set the link of EXIDX sections.
6763 // We look at the first relocation to figure out the linked sections.
6764 if (!deferred_exidx_sections
.empty())
6766 // We need to go over the section headers again to find the mapping
6767 // from sections being relocated to their relocation sections. This is
6768 // a bit inefficient as we could do that in the loop above. However,
6769 // we do not expect any deferred EXIDX sections normally. So we do not
6770 // want to slow down the most common path.
6771 typedef Unordered_map
<unsigned int, unsigned int> Reloc_map
;
6772 Reloc_map reloc_map
;
6773 ps
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
6774 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< this->shnum(); ++i
, ps
+= shdr_size
)
6776 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(ps
);
6777 elfcpp::Elf_Word sh_type
= shdr
.get_sh_type();
6778 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
|| sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
6780 unsigned int info_shndx
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_info());
6781 if (info_shndx
>= this->shnum())
6782 gold_error(_("relocation section %u has invalid info %u"),
6784 Reloc_map::value_type
value(info_shndx
, i
);
6785 std::pair
<Reloc_map::iterator
, bool> result
=
6786 reloc_map
.insert(value
);
6788 gold_error(_("section %u has multiple relocation sections "
6790 info_shndx
, i
, reloc_map
[info_shndx
]);
6794 // Read the symbol table section header.
6795 const unsigned int symtab_shndx
= this->symtab_shndx();
6796 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>
6797 symtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(symtab_shndx
));
6798 gold_assert(symtabshdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB
);
6800 // Read the local symbols.
6801 const int sym_size
=elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::sym_size
;
6802 const unsigned int loccount
= this->local_symbol_count();
6803 gold_assert(loccount
== symtabshdr
.get_sh_info());
6804 off_t locsize
= loccount
* sym_size
;
6805 const unsigned char* psyms
= this->get_view(symtabshdr
.get_sh_offset(),
6806 locsize
, true, true);
6808 // Process the deferred EXIDX sections.
6809 for (unsigned int i
= 0; i
< deferred_exidx_sections
.size(); ++i
)
6811 unsigned int shndx
= deferred_exidx_sections
[i
];
6812 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(pshdrs
+ shndx
* shdr_size
);
6813 unsigned int text_shndx
= elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
;
6814 Reloc_map::const_iterator it
= reloc_map
.find(shndx
);
6815 if (it
!= reloc_map
.end())
6816 find_linked_text_section(pshdrs
+ it
->second
* shdr_size
,
6817 psyms
, &text_shndx
);
6818 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> text_shdr(pshdrs
6819 + text_shndx
* shdr_size
);
6820 this->make_exidx_input_section(shndx
, shdr
, text_shndx
, text_shdr
);
6825 // Process relocations for garbage collection. The ARM target uses .ARM.exidx
6826 // sections for unwinding. These sections are referenced implicitly by
6827 // text sections linked in the section headers. If we ignore these implict
6828 // references, the .ARM.exidx sections and any .ARM.extab sections they use
6829 // will be garbage-collected incorrectly. Hence we override the same function
6830 // in the base class to handle these implicit references.
6832 template<bool big_endian
>
6834 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::do_gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
6836 Read_relocs_data
* rd
)
6838 // First, call base class method to process relocations in this object.
6839 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_gc_process_relocs(symtab
, layout
, rd
);
6841 // If --gc-sections is not specified, there is nothing more to do.
6842 // This happens when --icf is used but --gc-sections is not.
6843 if (!parameters
->options().gc_sections())
6846 unsigned int shnum
= this->shnum();
6847 const unsigned int shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6848 const unsigned char* pshdrs
= this->get_view(this->elf_file()->shoff(),
6852 // Scan section headers for sections of type SHT_ARM_EXIDX. Add references
6853 // to these from the linked text sections.
6854 const unsigned char* ps
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
6855 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< shnum
; ++i
, ps
+= shdr_size
)
6857 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(ps
);
6858 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
6860 // Found an .ARM.exidx section, add it to the set of reachable
6861 // sections from its linked text section.
6862 unsigned int text_shndx
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_link());
6863 symtab
->gc()->add_reference(this, text_shndx
, this, i
);
6868 // Update output local symbol count. Owing to EXIDX entry merging, some local
6869 // symbols will be removed in output. Adjust output local symbol count
6870 // accordingly. We can only changed the static output local symbol count. It
6871 // is too late to change the dynamic symbols.
6873 template<bool big_endian
>
6875 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::update_output_local_symbol_count()
6877 // Caller should check that this needs updating. We want caller checking
6878 // because output_local_symbol_count_needs_update() is most likely inlined.
6879 gold_assert(this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
);
6881 gold_assert(this->symtab_shndx() != -1U);
6882 if (this->symtab_shndx() == 0)
6884 // This object has no symbols. Weird but legal.
6888 // Read the symbol table section header.
6889 const unsigned int symtab_shndx
= this->symtab_shndx();
6890 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>
6891 symtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(symtab_shndx
));
6892 gold_assert(symtabshdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB
);
6894 // Read the local symbols.
6895 const int sym_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::sym_size
;
6896 const unsigned int loccount
= this->local_symbol_count();
6897 gold_assert(loccount
== symtabshdr
.get_sh_info());
6898 off_t locsize
= loccount
* sym_size
;
6899 const unsigned char* psyms
= this->get_view(symtabshdr
.get_sh_offset(),
6900 locsize
, true, true);
6902 // Loop over the local symbols.
6904 typedef typename Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::Output_sections
6906 const Output_sections
& out_sections(this->output_sections());
6907 unsigned int shnum
= this->shnum();
6908 unsigned int count
= 0;
6909 // Skip the first, dummy, symbol.
6911 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< loccount
; ++i
, psyms
+= sym_size
)
6913 elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
> sym(psyms
);
6915 Symbol_value
<32>& lv((*this->local_values())[i
]);
6917 // This local symbol was already discarded by do_count_local_symbols.
6918 if (lv
.is_output_symtab_index_set() && !lv
.has_output_symtab_entry())
6922 unsigned int shndx
= this->adjust_sym_shndx(i
, sym
.get_st_shndx(),
6927 Output_section
* os
= out_sections
[shndx
];
6929 // This local symbol no longer has an output section. Discard it.
6932 lv
.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
6936 // Currently we only discard parts of EXIDX input sections.
6937 // We explicitly check for a merged EXIDX input section to avoid
6938 // calling Output_section_data::output_offset unless necessary.
6939 if ((this->get_output_section_offset(shndx
) == invalid_address
)
6940 && (this->exidx_input_section_by_shndx(shndx
) != NULL
))
6942 section_offset_type output_offset
=
6943 os
->output_offset(this, shndx
, lv
.input_value());
6944 if (output_offset
== -1)
6946 // This symbol is defined in a part of an EXIDX input section
6947 // that is discarded due to entry merging.
6948 lv
.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
6957 this->set_output_local_symbol_count(count
);
6958 this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
= false;
6961 // Arm_dynobj methods.
6963 // Read the symbol information.
6965 template<bool big_endian
>
6967 Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>::do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data
* sd
)
6969 // Call parent class to read symbol information.
6970 Sized_dynobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_read_symbols(sd
);
6972 // Read processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
6973 const unsigned char* pehdr
= this->get_view(elfcpp::file_header_offset
,
6974 elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::ehdr_size
,
6976 elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
> ehdr(pehdr
);
6977 this->processor_specific_flags_
= ehdr
.get_e_flags();
6979 // Read the attributes section if there is one.
6980 // We read from the end because gas seems to put it near the end of
6981 // the section headers.
6982 const size_t shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6983 const unsigned char* ps
=
6984 sd
->section_headers
->data() + shdr_size
* (this->shnum() - 1);
6985 for (unsigned int i
= this->shnum(); i
> 0; --i
, ps
-= shdr_size
)
6987 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(ps
);
6988 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_ATTRIBUTES
)
6990 section_offset_type section_offset
= shdr
.get_sh_offset();
6991 section_size_type section_size
=
6992 convert_to_section_size_type(shdr
.get_sh_size());
6993 const unsigned char* view
=
6994 this->get_view(section_offset
, section_size
, true, false);
6995 this->attributes_section_data_
=
6996 new Attributes_section_data(view
, section_size
);
7002 // Stub_addend_reader methods.
7004 // Read the addend of a REL relocation of type R_TYPE at VIEW.
7006 template<bool big_endian
>
7007 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
7008 Stub_addend_reader
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, big_endian
>::operator()(
7009 unsigned int r_type
,
7010 const unsigned char* view
,
7011 const typename Reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, 32, big_endian
>::Reloc
&) const
7013 typedef struct Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> RelocFuncs
;
7017 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
7018 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
7019 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
7021 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
7022 const Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
);
7023 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
7024 return utils::sign_extend
<26>(val
<< 2);
7027 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
7028 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
7029 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
:
7031 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
7032 const Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
);
7033 Valtype upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
7034 Valtype lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
7035 return RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_offset(upper_insn
, lower_insn
);
7038 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
7040 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
7041 const Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
);
7042 Valtype upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
7043 Valtype lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
7044 return RelocFuncs::thumb32_cond_branch_offset(upper_insn
, lower_insn
);
7052 // Arm_output_data_got methods.
7054 // Add a GOT pair for R_ARM_TLS_GD32. The creates a pair of GOT entries.
7055 // The first one is initialized to be 1, which is the module index for
7056 // the main executable and the second one 0. A reloc of the type
7057 // R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32 will be created for the second GOT entry and will
7058 // be applied by gold. GSYM is a global symbol.
7060 template<bool big_endian
>
7062 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>::add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(
7063 unsigned int got_type
,
7066 if (gsym
->has_got_offset(got_type
))
7069 // We are doing a static link. Just mark it as belong to module 1,
7071 unsigned int got_offset
= this->add_constant(1);
7072 gsym
->set_got_offset(got_type
, got_offset
);
7073 got_offset
= this->add_constant(0);
7074 this->static_relocs_
.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset
,
7075 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
,
7079 // Same as the above but for a local symbol.
7081 template<bool big_endian
>
7083 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>::add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(
7084 unsigned int got_type
,
7085 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
7088 if (object
->local_has_got_offset(index
, got_type
))
7091 // We are doing a static link. Just mark it as belong to module 1,
7093 unsigned int got_offset
= this->add_constant(1);
7094 object
->set_local_got_offset(index
, got_type
, got_offset
);
7095 got_offset
= this->add_constant(0);
7096 this->static_relocs_
.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset
,
7097 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
,
7101 template<bool big_endian
>
7103 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
7105 // Call parent to write out GOT.
7106 Output_data_got
<32, big_endian
>::do_write(of
);
7108 // We are done if there is no fix up.
7109 if (this->static_relocs_
.empty())
7112 gold_assert(parameters
->doing_static_link());
7114 const off_t offset
= this->offset();
7115 const section_size_type oview_size
=
7116 convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
7117 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
7119 Output_segment
* tls_segment
= this->layout_
->tls_segment();
7120 gold_assert(tls_segment
!= NULL
);
7122 // The thread pointer $tp points to the TCB, which is followed by the
7123 // TLS. So we need to adjust $tp relative addressing by this amount.
7124 Arm_address aligned_tcb_size
=
7125 align_address(ARM_TCB_SIZE
, tls_segment
->maximum_alignment());
7127 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< this->static_relocs_
.size(); ++i
)
7129 Static_reloc
& reloc(this->static_relocs_
[i
]);
7132 if (!reloc
.symbol_is_global())
7134 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
= reloc
.relobj();
7135 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
=
7136 reloc
.relobj()->local_symbol(reloc
.index());
7138 // We are doing static linking. Issue an error and skip this
7139 // relocation if the symbol is undefined or in a discarded_section.
7141 unsigned int shndx
= psymval
->input_shndx(&is_ordinary
);
7142 if ((shndx
== elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
)
7144 && shndx
!= elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
7145 && !object
->is_section_included(shndx
)
7146 && !this->symbol_table_
->is_section_folded(object
, shndx
)))
7148 gold_error(_("undefined or discarded local symbol %u from "
7149 " object %s in GOT"),
7150 reloc
.index(), reloc
.relobj()->name().c_str());
7154 value
= psymval
->value(object
, 0);
7158 const Symbol
* gsym
= reloc
.symbol();
7159 gold_assert(gsym
!= NULL
);
7160 if (gsym
->is_forwarder())
7161 gsym
= this->symbol_table_
->resolve_forwards(gsym
);
7163 // We are doing static linking. Issue an error and skip this
7164 // relocation if the symbol is undefined or in a discarded_section
7165 // unless it is a weakly_undefined symbol.
7166 if ((gsym
->is_defined_in_discarded_section()
7167 || gsym
->is_undefined())
7168 && !gsym
->is_weak_undefined())
7170 gold_error(_("undefined or discarded symbol %s in GOT"),
7175 if (!gsym
->is_weak_undefined())
7177 const Sized_symbol
<32>* sym
=
7178 static_cast<const Sized_symbol
<32>*>(gsym
);
7179 value
= sym
->value();
7185 unsigned got_offset
= reloc
.got_offset();
7186 gold_assert(got_offset
< oview_size
);
7188 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
7189 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(oview
+ got_offset
);
7191 switch (reloc
.r_type())
7193 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
:
7196 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
:
7197 x
= value
+ aligned_tcb_size
;
7202 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, x
);
7205 of
->write_output_view(offset
, oview_size
, oview
);
7208 // A class to handle the PLT data.
7210 template<bool big_endian
>
7211 class Output_data_plt_arm
: public Output_section_data
7214 typedef Output_data_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, true, 32, big_endian
>
7217 Output_data_plt_arm(Layout
*, Output_data_space
*);
7219 // Add an entry to the PLT.
7221 add_entry(Symbol
* gsym
);
7223 // Return the .rel.plt section data.
7224 const Reloc_section
*
7226 { return this->rel_
; }
7228 // Return the number of PLT entries.
7231 { return this->count_
; }
7233 // Return the offset of the first non-reserved PLT entry.
7235 first_plt_entry_offset()
7236 { return sizeof(first_plt_entry
); }
7238 // Return the size of a PLT entry.
7240 get_plt_entry_size()
7241 { return sizeof(plt_entry
); }
7245 do_adjust_output_section(Output_section
* os
);
7247 // Write to a map file.
7249 do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile
* mapfile
) const
7250 { mapfile
->print_output_data(this, _("** PLT")); }
7253 // Template for the first PLT entry.
7254 static const uint32_t first_plt_entry
[5];
7256 // Template for subsequent PLT entries.
7257 static const uint32_t plt_entry
[3];
7259 // Set the final size.
7261 set_final_data_size()
7263 this->set_data_size(sizeof(first_plt_entry
)
7264 + this->count_
* sizeof(plt_entry
));
7267 // Write out the PLT data.
7269 do_write(Output_file
*);
7271 // The reloc section.
7272 Reloc_section
* rel_
;
7273 // The .got.plt section.
7274 Output_data_space
* got_plt_
;
7275 // The number of PLT entries.
7276 unsigned int count_
;
7279 // Create the PLT section. The ordinary .got section is an argument,
7280 // since we need to refer to the start. We also create our own .got
7281 // section just for PLT entries.
7283 template<bool big_endian
>
7284 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::Output_data_plt_arm(Layout
* layout
,
7285 Output_data_space
* got_plt
)
7286 : Output_section_data(4), got_plt_(got_plt
), count_(0)
7288 this->rel_
= new Reloc_section(false);
7289 layout
->add_output_section_data(".rel.plt", elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
7290 elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
, this->rel_
,
7291 ORDER_DYNAMIC_PLT_RELOCS
, false);
7294 template<bool big_endian
>
7296 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::do_adjust_output_section(Output_section
* os
)
7301 // Add an entry to the PLT.
7303 template<bool big_endian
>
7305 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::add_entry(Symbol
* gsym
)
7307 gold_assert(!gsym
->has_plt_offset());
7309 // Note that when setting the PLT offset we skip the initial
7310 // reserved PLT entry.
7311 gsym
->set_plt_offset((this->count_
) * sizeof(plt_entry
)
7312 + sizeof(first_plt_entry
));
7316 section_offset_type got_offset
= this->got_plt_
->current_data_size();
7318 // Every PLT entry needs a GOT entry which points back to the PLT
7319 // entry (this will be changed by the dynamic linker, normally
7320 // lazily when the function is called).
7321 this->got_plt_
->set_current_data_size(got_offset
+ 4);
7323 // Every PLT entry needs a reloc.
7324 gsym
->set_needs_dynsym_entry();
7325 this->rel_
->add_global(gsym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
, this->got_plt_
,
7328 // Note that we don't need to save the symbol. The contents of the
7329 // PLT are independent of which symbols are used. The symbols only
7330 // appear in the relocations.
7334 // FIXME: This is not very flexible. Right now this has only been tested
7335 // on armv5te. If we are to support additional architecture features like
7336 // Thumb-2 or BE8, we need to make this more flexible like GNU ld.
7338 // The first entry in the PLT.
7339 template<bool big_endian
>
7340 const uint32_t Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::first_plt_entry
[5] =
7342 0xe52de004, // str lr, [sp, #-4]!
7343 0xe59fe004, // ldr lr, [pc, #4]
7344 0xe08fe00e, // add lr, pc, lr
7345 0xe5bef008, // ldr pc, [lr, #8]!
7346 0x00000000, // &GOT[0] - .
7349 // Subsequent entries in the PLT.
7351 template<bool big_endian
>
7352 const uint32_t Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::plt_entry
[3] =
7354 0xe28fc600, // add ip, pc, #0xNN00000
7355 0xe28cca00, // add ip, ip, #0xNN000
7356 0xe5bcf000, // ldr pc, [ip, #0xNNN]!
7359 // Write out the PLT. This uses the hand-coded instructions above,
7360 // and adjusts them as needed. This is all specified by the arm ELF
7361 // Processor Supplement.
7363 template<bool big_endian
>
7365 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
7367 const off_t offset
= this->offset();
7368 const section_size_type oview_size
=
7369 convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
7370 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
7372 const off_t got_file_offset
= this->got_plt_
->offset();
7373 const section_size_type got_size
=
7374 convert_to_section_size_type(this->got_plt_
->data_size());
7375 unsigned char* const got_view
= of
->get_output_view(got_file_offset
,
7377 unsigned char* pov
= oview
;
7379 Arm_address plt_address
= this->address();
7380 Arm_address got_address
= this->got_plt_
->address();
7382 // Write first PLT entry. All but the last word are constants.
7383 const size_t num_first_plt_words
= (sizeof(first_plt_entry
)
7384 / sizeof(plt_entry
[0]));
7385 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< num_first_plt_words
- 1; i
++)
7386 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ i
* 4, first_plt_entry
[i
]);
7387 // Last word in first PLT entry is &GOT[0] - .
7388 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 16,
7389 got_address
- (plt_address
+ 16));
7390 pov
+= sizeof(first_plt_entry
);
7392 unsigned char* got_pov
= got_view
;
7394 memset(got_pov
, 0, 12);
7397 const int rel_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
;
7398 unsigned int plt_offset
= sizeof(first_plt_entry
);
7399 unsigned int plt_rel_offset
= 0;
7400 unsigned int got_offset
= 12;
7401 const unsigned int count
= this->count_
;
7402 for (unsigned int i
= 0;
7405 pov
+= sizeof(plt_entry
),
7407 plt_offset
+= sizeof(plt_entry
),
7408 plt_rel_offset
+= rel_size
,
7411 // Set and adjust the PLT entry itself.
7412 int32_t offset
= ((got_address
+ got_offset
)
7413 - (plt_address
+ plt_offset
+ 8));
7415 gold_assert(offset
>= 0 && offset
< 0x0fffffff);
7416 uint32_t plt_insn0
= plt_entry
[0] | ((offset
>> 20) & 0xff);
7417 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, plt_insn0
);
7418 uint32_t plt_insn1
= plt_entry
[1] | ((offset
>> 12) & 0xff);
7419 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 4, plt_insn1
);
7420 uint32_t plt_insn2
= plt_entry
[2] | (offset
& 0xfff);
7421 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 8, plt_insn2
);
7423 // Set the entry in the GOT.
7424 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(got_pov
, plt_address
);
7427 gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type
>(pov
- oview
) == oview_size
);
7428 gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type
>(got_pov
- got_view
) == got_size
);
7430 of
->write_output_view(offset
, oview_size
, oview
);
7431 of
->write_output_view(got_file_offset
, got_size
, got_view
);
7434 // Create a PLT entry for a global symbol.
7436 template<bool big_endian
>
7438 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::make_plt_entry(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
,
7441 if (gsym
->has_plt_offset())
7444 if (this->plt_
== NULL
)
7446 // Create the GOT sections first.
7447 this->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7449 this->plt_
= new Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>(layout
, this->got_plt_
);
7450 layout
->add_output_section_data(".plt", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
,
7452 | elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
),
7453 this->plt_
, ORDER_PLT
, false);
7455 this->plt_
->add_entry(gsym
);
7458 // Return the number of entries in the PLT.
7460 template<bool big_endian
>
7462 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::plt_entry_count() const
7464 if (this->plt_
== NULL
)
7466 return this->plt_
->entry_count();
7469 // Return the offset of the first non-reserved PLT entry.
7471 template<bool big_endian
>
7473 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::first_plt_entry_offset() const
7475 return Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::first_plt_entry_offset();
7478 // Return the size of each PLT entry.
7480 template<bool big_endian
>
7482 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::plt_entry_size() const
7484 return Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::get_plt_entry_size();
7487 // Get the section to use for TLS_DESC relocations.
7489 template<bool big_endian
>
7490 typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Reloc_section
*
7491 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::rel_tls_desc_section(Layout
* layout
) const
7493 return this->plt_section()->rel_tls_desc(layout
);
7496 // Define the _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol in the TLS segment.
7498 template<bool big_endian
>
7500 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::define_tls_base_symbol(
7501 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7504 if (this->tls_base_symbol_defined_
)
7507 Output_segment
* tls_segment
= layout
->tls_segment();
7508 if (tls_segment
!= NULL
)
7510 bool is_exec
= parameters
->options().output_is_executable();
7511 symtab
->define_in_output_segment("_TLS_MODULE_BASE_", NULL
,
7512 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
7516 elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
, 0,
7518 ? Symbol::SEGMENT_END
7519 : Symbol::SEGMENT_START
),
7522 this->tls_base_symbol_defined_
= true;
7525 // Create a GOT entry for the TLS module index.
7527 template<bool big_endian
>
7529 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::got_mod_index_entry(
7530 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7532 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
)
7534 if (this->got_mod_index_offset_
== -1U)
7536 gold_assert(symtab
!= NULL
&& layout
!= NULL
&& object
!= NULL
);
7537 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
= this->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7538 unsigned int got_offset
;
7539 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
7541 got_offset
= got
->add_constant(0);
7542 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= this->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7543 rel_dyn
->add_local(object
, 0, elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32
, got
,
7548 // We are doing a static link. Just mark it as belong to module 1,
7550 got_offset
= got
->add_constant(1);
7553 got
->add_constant(0);
7554 this->got_mod_index_offset_
= got_offset
;
7556 return this->got_mod_index_offset_
;
7559 // Optimize the TLS relocation type based on what we know about the
7560 // symbol. IS_FINAL is true if the final address of this symbol is
7561 // known at link time.
7563 template<bool big_endian
>
7564 tls::Tls_optimization
7565 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::optimize_tls_reloc(bool, int)
7567 // FIXME: Currently we do not do any TLS optimization.
7568 return tls::TLSOPT_NONE
;
7571 // Report an unsupported relocation against a local symbol.
7573 template<bool big_endian
>
7575 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::unsupported_reloc_local(
7576 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
7577 unsigned int r_type
)
7579 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported reloc %u against local symbol"),
7580 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
);
7583 // We are about to emit a dynamic relocation of type R_TYPE. If the
7584 // dynamic linker does not support it, issue an error. The GNU linker
7585 // only issues a non-PIC error for an allocated read-only section.
7586 // Here we know the section is allocated, but we don't know that it is
7587 // read-only. But we check for all the relocation types which the
7588 // glibc dynamic linker supports, so it seems appropriate to issue an
7589 // error even if the section is not read-only.
7591 template<bool big_endian
>
7593 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::check_non_pic(Relobj
* object
,
7594 unsigned int r_type
)
7598 // These are the relocation types supported by glibc for ARM.
7599 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
:
7600 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY
:
7601 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
:
7602 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
:
7603 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
7604 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
7605 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24
:
7606 // FIXME: The following 3 types are not supported by Android's dynamic
7608 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32
:
7609 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
:
7610 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
:
7615 // This prevents us from issuing more than one error per reloc
7616 // section. But we can still wind up issuing more than one
7617 // error per object file.
7618 if (this->issued_non_pic_error_
)
7620 const Arm_reloc_property
* reloc_property
=
7621 arm_reloc_property_table
->get_reloc_property(r_type
);
7622 gold_assert(reloc_property
!= NULL
);
7623 object
->error(_("requires unsupported dynamic reloc %s; "
7624 "recompile with -fPIC"),
7625 reloc_property
->name().c_str());
7626 this->issued_non_pic_error_
= true;
7630 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
7635 // Scan a relocation for a local symbol.
7636 // FIXME: This only handles a subset of relocation types used by Android
7637 // on ARM v5te devices.
7639 template<bool big_endian
>
7641 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::local(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7644 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
7645 unsigned int data_shndx
,
7646 Output_section
* output_section
,
7647 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
,
7648 unsigned int r_type
,
7649 const elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
>& lsym
)
7651 r_type
= get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
7654 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
7655 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
:
7656 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7657 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7660 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
7661 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
7662 // If building a shared library (or a position-independent
7663 // executable), we need to create a dynamic relocation for
7664 // this location. The relocation applied at link time will
7665 // apply the link-time value, so we flag the location with
7666 // an R_ARM_RELATIVE relocation so the dynamic loader can
7667 // relocate it easily.
7668 if (parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent())
7670 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7671 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7672 // If we are to add more other reloc types than R_ARM_ABS32,
7673 // we need to add check_non_pic(object, r_type) here.
7674 rel_dyn
->add_local_relative(object
, r_sym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
,
7675 output_section
, data_shndx
,
7676 reloc
.get_r_offset());
7680 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16
:
7681 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12
:
7682 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5
:
7683 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8
:
7684 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
:
7685 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
7686 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS
:
7687 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
7688 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS
:
7689 // If building a shared library (or a position-independent
7690 // executable), we need to create a dynamic relocation for
7691 // this location. Because the addend needs to remain in the
7692 // data section, we need to be careful not to apply this
7693 // relocation statically.
7694 if (parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent())
7696 check_non_pic(object
, r_type
);
7697 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7698 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7699 if (lsym
.get_st_type() != elfcpp::STT_SECTION
)
7700 rel_dyn
->add_local(object
, r_sym
, r_type
, output_section
,
7701 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
7704 gold_assert(lsym
.get_st_value() == 0);
7705 unsigned int shndx
= lsym
.get_st_shndx();
7707 shndx
= object
->adjust_sym_shndx(r_sym
, shndx
,
7710 object
->error(_("section symbol %u has bad shndx %u"),
7713 rel_dyn
->add_local_section(object
, shndx
,
7714 r_type
, output_section
,
7715 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
7720 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
:
7721 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0
:
7722 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL32
:
7723 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
7724 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC8
:
7725 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL
:
7726 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
7727 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
7728 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
7729 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
7730 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31
:
7731 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
7732 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
7733 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL
:
7734 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
7735 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL
:
7736 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
7737 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6
:
7738 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0
:
7739 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC12
:
7740 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32_NOI
:
7741 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC
:
7742 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0
:
7743 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC
:
7744 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1
:
7745 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2
:
7746 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1
:
7747 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2
:
7748 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0
:
7749 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1
:
7750 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2
:
7751 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0
:
7752 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1
:
7753 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2
:
7754 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC
:
7755 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0
:
7756 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC
:
7757 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1
:
7758 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2
:
7759 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0
:
7760 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1
:
7761 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2
:
7762 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0
:
7763 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1
:
7764 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2
:
7765 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0
:
7766 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1
:
7767 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2
:
7768 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
7769 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL
:
7770 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL
:
7771 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
7772 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL
:
7773 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL
:
7774 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11
:
7775 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8
:
7776 // We don't need to do anything for a relative addressing relocation
7777 // against a local symbol if it does not reference the GOT.
7780 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32
:
7781 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF12
:
7782 // We need a GOT section:
7783 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7786 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
7787 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
7789 // The symbol requires a GOT entry.
7790 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
=
7791 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7792 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7793 if (got
->add_local(object
, r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
))
7795 // If we are generating a shared object, we need to add a
7796 // dynamic RELATIVE relocation for this symbol's GOT entry.
7797 if (parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent())
7799 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7800 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7801 rel_dyn
->add_local_relative(
7802 object
, r_sym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
, got
,
7803 object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
));
7809 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
:
7810 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2
:
7811 // This should have been mapped to another type already.
7813 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY
:
7814 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
:
7815 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
:
7816 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
:
7817 // These are relocations which should only be seen by the
7818 // dynamic linker, and should never be seen here.
7819 gold_error(_("%s: unexpected reloc %u in object file"),
7820 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
);
7824 // These are initial TLS relocs, which are expected when
7826 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
7827 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
7828 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
7829 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
7830 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
7832 bool output_is_shared
= parameters
->options().shared();
7833 const tls::Tls_optimization optimized_type
7834 = Target_arm
<big_endian
>::optimize_tls_reloc(!output_is_shared
,
7838 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
7839 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
7841 // Create a pair of GOT entries for the module index and
7842 // dtv-relative offset.
7843 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
7844 = target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7845 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7846 unsigned int shndx
= lsym
.get_st_shndx();
7848 shndx
= object
->adjust_sym_shndx(r_sym
, shndx
, &is_ordinary
);
7851 object
->error(_("local symbol %u has bad shndx %u"),
7856 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
7857 got
->add_local_pair_with_rel(object
, r_sym
, shndx
,
7859 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
),
7860 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32
, 0);
7862 got
->add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
,
7866 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
7870 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
7871 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
7873 // Create a GOT entry for the module index.
7874 target
->got_mod_index_entry(symtab
, layout
, object
);
7877 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
7881 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
7884 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
7885 layout
->set_has_static_tls();
7886 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
7888 // Create a GOT entry for the tp-relative offset.
7889 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
7890 = target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7891 unsigned int r_sym
=
7892 elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7893 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
7894 got
->add_local_with_rel(object
, r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
,
7895 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
),
7896 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
);
7897 else if (!object
->local_has_got_offset(r_sym
,
7898 GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
))
7900 got
->add_local(object
, r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
);
7901 unsigned int got_offset
=
7902 object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
);
7903 got
->add_static_reloc(got_offset
,
7904 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
, object
,
7909 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
7913 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
7914 layout
->set_has_static_tls();
7915 if (output_is_shared
)
7917 // We need to create a dynamic relocation.
7918 gold_assert(lsym
.get_st_type() != elfcpp::STT_SECTION
);
7919 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7920 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7921 rel_dyn
->add_local(object
, r_sym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
,
7922 output_section
, data_shndx
,
7923 reloc
.get_r_offset());
7933 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24
:
7934 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SBREL_11_0_NC
:
7935 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_19_12_NC
:
7936 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_27_20_CK
:
7938 unsupported_reloc_local(object
, r_type
);
7943 // Report an unsupported relocation against a global symbol.
7945 template<bool big_endian
>
7947 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::unsupported_reloc_global(
7948 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
7949 unsigned int r_type
,
7952 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported reloc %u against global symbol %s"),
7953 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
, gsym
->demangled_name().c_str());
7956 template<bool big_endian
>
7958 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::possible_function_pointer_reloc(
7959 unsigned int r_type
)
7963 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24
:
7964 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
7965 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
7966 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
7967 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
7968 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
7969 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31
:
7970 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
7971 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
7972 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6
:
7973 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11
:
7974 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8
:
7975 // All the relocations above are branches except SBREL31 and PREL31.
7979 // Be conservative and assume this is a function pointer.
7984 template<bool big_endian
>
7986 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::local_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(
7989 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* target
,
7990 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>*,
7993 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>&,
7994 unsigned int r_type
,
7995 const elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
>&)
7997 r_type
= target
->get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
7998 return possible_function_pointer_reloc(r_type
);
8001 template<bool big_endian
>
8003 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::global_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(
8006 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* target
,
8007 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>*,
8010 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>&,
8011 unsigned int r_type
,
8014 // GOT is not a function.
8015 if (strcmp(gsym
->name(), "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
8018 r_type
= target
->get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
8019 return possible_function_pointer_reloc(r_type
);
8022 // Scan a relocation for a global symbol.
8024 template<bool big_endian
>
8026 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::global(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
8029 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
8030 unsigned int data_shndx
,
8031 Output_section
* output_section
,
8032 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
,
8033 unsigned int r_type
,
8036 // A reference to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ implies that we need a got
8037 // section. We check here to avoid creating a dynamic reloc against
8038 // _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.
8039 if (!target
->has_got_section()
8040 && strcmp(gsym
->name(), "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
8041 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
8043 r_type
= get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
8046 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
8047 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
:
8048 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTENTRY
:
8049 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
8052 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
8053 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16
:
8054 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12
:
8055 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5
:
8056 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8
:
8057 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
:
8058 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
8059 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS
:
8060 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
8061 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS
:
8062 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
8063 // Absolute addressing relocations.
8065 // Make a PLT entry if necessary.
8066 if (this->symbol_needs_plt_entry(gsym
))
8068 target
->make_plt_entry(symtab
, layout
, gsym
);
8069 // Since this is not a PC-relative relocation, we may be
8070 // taking the address of a function. In that case we need to
8071 // set the entry in the dynamic symbol table to the address of
8073 if (gsym
->is_from_dynobj() && !parameters
->options().shared())
8074 gsym
->set_needs_dynsym_value();
8076 // Make a dynamic relocation if necessary.
8077 if (gsym
->needs_dynamic_reloc(Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
))
8079 if (gsym
->may_need_copy_reloc())
8081 target
->copy_reloc(symtab
, layout
, object
,
8082 data_shndx
, output_section
, gsym
, reloc
);
8084 else if ((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
8085 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
)
8086 && gsym
->can_use_relative_reloc(false))
8088 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
8089 rel_dyn
->add_global_relative(gsym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
,
8090 output_section
, object
,
8091 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
8095 check_non_pic(object
, r_type
);
8096 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
8097 rel_dyn
->add_global(gsym
, r_type
, output_section
, object
,
8098 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
8104 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32
:
8105 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF12
:
8106 // We need a GOT section.
8107 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
8110 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
:
8111 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0
:
8112 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL32
:
8113 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC8
:
8114 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL
:
8115 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
8116 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL
:
8117 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
8118 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL
:
8119 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0
:
8120 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC12
:
8121 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32_NOI
:
8122 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC
:
8123 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0
:
8124 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC
:
8125 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1
:
8126 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2
:
8127 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1
:
8128 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2
:
8129 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0
:
8130 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1
:
8131 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2
:
8132 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0
:
8133 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1
:
8134 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2
:
8135 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC
:
8136 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0
:
8137 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC
:
8138 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1
:
8139 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2
:
8140 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0
:
8141 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1
:
8142 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2
:
8143 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0
:
8144 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1
:
8145 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2
:
8146 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0
:
8147 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1
:
8148 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2
:
8149 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
8150 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL
:
8151 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL
:
8152 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
8153 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL
:
8154 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL
:
8155 // Relative addressing relocations.
8157 // Make a dynamic relocation if necessary.
8158 int flags
= Symbol::NON_PIC_REF
;
8159 if (gsym
->needs_dynamic_reloc(flags
))
8161 if (target
->may_need_copy_reloc(gsym
))
8163 target
->copy_reloc(symtab
, layout
, object
,
8164 data_shndx
, output_section
, gsym
, reloc
);
8168 check_non_pic(object
, r_type
);
8169 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
8170 rel_dyn
->add_global(gsym
, r_type
, output_section
, object
,
8171 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
8177 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
8178 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
8179 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
8180 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
8181 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
8182 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31
:
8183 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
8184 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
8185 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6
:
8186 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11
:
8187 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8
:
8188 // All the relocation above are branches except for the PREL31 ones.
8189 // A PREL31 relocation can point to a personality function in a shared
8190 // library. In that case we want to use a PLT because we want to
8191 // call the personality routine and the dyanmic linkers we care about
8192 // do not support dynamic PREL31 relocations. An REL31 relocation may
8193 // point to a function whose unwinding behaviour is being described but
8194 // we will not mistakenly generate a PLT for that because we should use
8195 // a local section symbol.
8197 // If the symbol is fully resolved, this is just a relative
8198 // local reloc. Otherwise we need a PLT entry.
8199 if (gsym
->final_value_is_known())
8201 // If building a shared library, we can also skip the PLT entry
8202 // if the symbol is defined in the output file and is protected
8204 if (gsym
->is_defined()
8205 && !gsym
->is_from_dynobj()
8206 && !gsym
->is_preemptible())
8208 target
->make_plt_entry(symtab
, layout
, gsym
);
8211 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
8212 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_ABS
:
8213 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
8215 // The symbol requires a GOT entry.
8216 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
=
8217 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
8218 if (gsym
->final_value_is_known())
8219 got
->add_global(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
);
8222 // If this symbol is not fully resolved, we need to add a
8223 // GOT entry with a dynamic relocation.
8224 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
8225 if (gsym
->is_from_dynobj()
8226 || gsym
->is_undefined()
8227 || gsym
->is_preemptible())
8228 got
->add_global_with_rel(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
,
8229 rel_dyn
, elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
);
8232 if (got
->add_global(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
))
8233 rel_dyn
->add_global_relative(
8234 gsym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
, got
,
8235 gsym
->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
));
8241 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
:
8242 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2
:
8243 // These should have been mapped to other types already.
8245 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY
:
8246 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
:
8247 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
:
8248 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
:
8249 // These are relocations which should only be seen by the
8250 // dynamic linker, and should never be seen here.
8251 gold_error(_("%s: unexpected reloc %u in object file"),
8252 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
);
8255 // These are initial tls relocs, which are expected when
8257 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
8258 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
8259 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
8260 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
8261 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
8263 const bool is_final
= gsym
->final_value_is_known();
8264 const tls::Tls_optimization optimized_type
8265 = Target_arm
<big_endian
>::optimize_tls_reloc(is_final
, r_type
);
8268 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
8269 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
8271 // Create a pair of GOT entries for the module index and
8272 // dtv-relative offset.
8273 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
8274 = target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
8275 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
8276 got
->add_global_pair_with_rel(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
,
8277 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
),
8278 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
8279 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
);
8281 got
->add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
, gsym
);
8284 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
8288 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
8289 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
8291 // Create a GOT entry for the module index.
8292 target
->got_mod_index_entry(symtab
, layout
, object
);
8295 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
8299 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
8302 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
8303 layout
->set_has_static_tls();
8304 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
8306 // Create a GOT entry for the tp-relative offset.
8307 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
8308 = target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
8309 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
8310 got
->add_global_with_rel(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
,
8311 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
),
8312 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
);
8313 else if (!gsym
->has_got_offset(GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
))
8315 got
->add_global(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
);
8316 unsigned int got_offset
=
8317 gsym
->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
);
8318 got
->add_static_reloc(got_offset
,
8319 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
, gsym
);
8323 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
8327 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
8328 layout
->set_has_static_tls();
8329 if (parameters
->options().shared())
8331 // We need to create a dynamic relocation.
8332 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
8333 rel_dyn
->add_global(gsym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
,
8334 output_section
, object
,
8335 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
8345 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24
:
8346 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SBREL_11_0_NC
:
8347 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_19_12_NC
:
8348 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_27_20_CK
:
8350 unsupported_reloc_global(object
, r_type
, gsym
);
8355 // Process relocations for gc.
8357 template<bool big_endian
>
8359 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
8361 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
8362 unsigned int data_shndx
,
8364 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
8366 Output_section
* output_section
,
8367 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
8368 size_t local_symbol_count
,
8369 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
)
8371 typedef Target_arm
<big_endian
> Arm
;
8372 typedef typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan Scan
;
8374 gold::gc_process_relocs
<32, big_endian
, Arm
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
, Scan
,
8375 typename
Target_arm::Relocatable_size_for_reloc
>(
8384 needs_special_offset_handling
,
8389 // Scan relocations for a section.
8391 template<bool big_endian
>
8393 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
8395 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
8396 unsigned int data_shndx
,
8397 unsigned int sh_type
,
8398 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
8400 Output_section
* output_section
,
8401 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
8402 size_t local_symbol_count
,
8403 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
)
8405 typedef typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan Scan
;
8406 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
8408 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported RELA reloc section"),
8409 object
->name().c_str());
8413 gold::scan_relocs
<32, big_endian
, Target_arm
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
, Scan
>(
8422 needs_special_offset_handling
,
8427 // Finalize the sections.
8429 template<bool big_endian
>
8431 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_finalize_sections(
8433 const Input_objects
* input_objects
,
8434 Symbol_table
* symtab
)
8436 bool merged_any_attributes
= false;
8437 // Merge processor-specific flags.
8438 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator p
= input_objects
->relobj_begin();
8439 p
!= input_objects
->relobj_end();
8442 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
8443 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(*p
);
8444 if (arm_relobj
->merge_flags_and_attributes())
8446 this->merge_processor_specific_flags(
8448 arm_relobj
->processor_specific_flags());
8449 this->merge_object_attributes(arm_relobj
->name().c_str(),
8450 arm_relobj
->attributes_section_data());
8451 merged_any_attributes
= true;
8455 for (Input_objects::Dynobj_iterator p
= input_objects
->dynobj_begin();
8456 p
!= input_objects
->dynobj_end();
8459 Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>* arm_dynobj
=
8460 Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_dynobj(*p
);
8461 this->merge_processor_specific_flags(
8463 arm_dynobj
->processor_specific_flags());
8464 this->merge_object_attributes(arm_dynobj
->name().c_str(),
8465 arm_dynobj
->attributes_section_data());
8466 merged_any_attributes
= true;
8469 // Create an empty uninitialized attribute section if we still don't have it
8470 // at this moment. This happens if there is no attributes sections in all
8472 if (this->attributes_section_data_
== NULL
)
8473 this->attributes_section_data_
= new Attributes_section_data(NULL
, 0);
8476 const Object_attribute
* cpu_arch_attr
=
8477 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
8478 if (cpu_arch_attr
->int_value() > elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V4
)
8479 this->set_may_use_blx(true);
8481 // Check if we need to use Cortex-A8 workaround.
8482 if (parameters
->options().user_set_fix_cortex_a8())
8483 this->fix_cortex_a8_
= parameters
->options().fix_cortex_a8();
8486 // If neither --fix-cortex-a8 nor --no-fix-cortex-a8 is used, turn on
8487 // Cortex-A8 erratum workaround for ARMv7-A or ARMv7 with unknown
8489 const Object_attribute
* cpu_arch_profile_attr
=
8490 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch_profile
);
8491 this->fix_cortex_a8_
=
8492 (cpu_arch_attr
->int_value() == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
8493 && (cpu_arch_profile_attr
->int_value() == 'A'
8494 || cpu_arch_profile_attr
->int_value() == 0));
8497 // Check if we can use V4BX interworking.
8498 // The V4BX interworking stub contains BX instruction,
8499 // which is not specified for some profiles.
8500 if (this->fix_v4bx() == General_options::FIX_V4BX_INTERWORKING
8501 && !this->may_use_blx())
8502 gold_error(_("unable to provide V4BX reloc interworking fix up; "
8503 "the target profile does not support BX instruction"));
8505 // Fill in some more dynamic tags.
8506 const Reloc_section
* rel_plt
= (this->plt_
== NULL
8508 : this->plt_
->rel_plt());
8509 layout
->add_target_dynamic_tags(true, this->got_plt_
, rel_plt
,
8510 this->rel_dyn_
, true, false);
8512 // Emit any relocs we saved in an attempt to avoid generating COPY
8514 if (this->copy_relocs_
.any_saved_relocs())
8515 this->copy_relocs_
.emit(this->rel_dyn_section(layout
));
8517 // Handle the .ARM.exidx section.
8518 Output_section
* exidx_section
= layout
->find_output_section(".ARM.exidx");
8520 if (!parameters
->options().relocatable())
8522 if (exidx_section
!= NULL
8523 && exidx_section
->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
8525 // Create __exidx_start and __exdix_end symbols.
8526 symtab
->define_in_output_data("__exidx_start", NULL
,
8527 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
8528 exidx_section
, 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT
,
8529 elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL
, elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
,
8531 symtab
->define_in_output_data("__exidx_end", NULL
,
8532 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
8533 exidx_section
, 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT
,
8534 elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL
, elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
,
8537 // For the ARM target, we need to add a PT_ARM_EXIDX segment for
8538 // the .ARM.exidx section.
8539 if (!layout
->script_options()->saw_phdrs_clause())
8541 gold_assert(layout
->find_output_segment(elfcpp::PT_ARM_EXIDX
, 0,
8544 Output_segment
* exidx_segment
=
8545 layout
->make_output_segment(elfcpp::PT_ARM_EXIDX
, elfcpp::PF_R
);
8546 exidx_segment
->add_output_section_to_nonload(exidx_section
,
8552 symtab
->define_as_constant("__exidx_start", NULL
,
8553 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
8554 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT
,
8555 elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL
, elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
, 0,
8557 symtab
->define_as_constant("__exidx_end", NULL
,
8558 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
8559 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT
,
8560 elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL
, elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
, 0,
8565 // Create an .ARM.attributes section if we have merged any attributes
8567 if (merged_any_attributes
)
8569 Output_attributes_section_data
* attributes_section
=
8570 new Output_attributes_section_data(*this->attributes_section_data_
);
8571 layout
->add_output_section_data(".ARM.attributes",
8572 elfcpp::SHT_ARM_ATTRIBUTES
, 0,
8573 attributes_section
, ORDER_INVALID
,
8577 // Fix up links in section EXIDX headers.
8578 for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p
= layout
->section_list().begin();
8579 p
!= layout
->section_list().end();
8581 if ((*p
)->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
8583 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>* os
=
8584 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::as_arm_output_section(*p
);
8585 os
->set_exidx_section_link();
8589 // Return whether a direct absolute static relocation needs to be applied.
8590 // In cases where Scan::local() or Scan::global() has created
8591 // a dynamic relocation other than R_ARM_RELATIVE, the addend
8592 // of the relocation is carried in the data, and we must not
8593 // apply the static relocation.
8595 template<bool big_endian
>
8597 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate::should_apply_static_reloc(
8598 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
8601 Output_section
* output_section
)
8603 // If the output section is not allocated, then we didn't call
8604 // scan_relocs, we didn't create a dynamic reloc, and we must apply
8606 if ((output_section
->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
) == 0)
8609 // For local symbols, we will have created a non-RELATIVE dynamic
8610 // relocation only if (a) the output is position independent,
8611 // (b) the relocation is absolute (not pc- or segment-relative), and
8612 // (c) the relocation is not 32 bits wide.
8614 return !(parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent()
8615 && (ref_flags
& Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
)
8618 // For global symbols, we use the same helper routines used in the
8619 // scan pass. If we did not create a dynamic relocation, or if we
8620 // created a RELATIVE dynamic relocation, we should apply the static
8622 bool has_dyn
= gsym
->needs_dynamic_reloc(ref_flags
);
8623 bool is_rel
= (ref_flags
& Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
)
8624 && gsym
->can_use_relative_reloc(ref_flags
8625 & Symbol::FUNCTION_CALL
);
8626 return !has_dyn
|| is_rel
;
8629 // Perform a relocation.
8631 template<bool big_endian
>
8633 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate::relocate(
8634 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
8636 Output_section
* output_section
,
8638 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& rel
,
8639 unsigned int r_type
,
8640 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
8641 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
8642 unsigned char* view
,
8643 Arm_address address
,
8644 section_size_type view_size
)
8646 typedef Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> Arm_relocate_functions
;
8648 r_type
= get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
8649 const Arm_reloc_property
* reloc_property
=
8650 arm_reloc_property_table
->get_implemented_static_reloc_property(r_type
);
8651 if (reloc_property
== NULL
)
8653 std::string reloc_name
=
8654 arm_reloc_property_table
->reloc_name_in_error_message(r_type
);
8655 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, rel
.get_r_offset(),
8656 _("cannot relocate %s in object file"),
8657 reloc_name
.c_str());
8661 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
=
8662 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo
->object
);
8664 // If the final branch target of a relocation is THUMB instruction, this
8665 // is 1. Otherwise it is 0.
8666 Arm_address thumb_bit
= 0;
8667 Symbol_value
<32> symval
;
8668 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
= false;
8669 bool have_got_offset
= false;
8670 unsigned int got_offset
= 0;
8672 // If the relocation uses the GOT entry of a symbol instead of the symbol
8673 // itself, we don't care about whether the symbol is defined or what kind
8675 if (reloc_property
->uses_got_entry())
8677 // Get the GOT offset.
8678 // The GOT pointer points to the end of the GOT section.
8679 // We need to subtract the size of the GOT section to get
8680 // the actual offset to use in the relocation.
8681 // TODO: We should move GOT offset computing code in TLS relocations
8685 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
8686 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
8689 gold_assert(gsym
->has_got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
));
8690 got_offset
= (gsym
->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
)
8691 - target
->got_size());
8695 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(rel
.get_r_info());
8696 gold_assert(object
->local_has_got_offset(r_sym
,
8697 GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
));
8698 got_offset
= (object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
)
8699 - target
->got_size());
8701 have_got_offset
= true;
8708 else if (relnum
!= Target_arm
<big_endian
>::fake_relnum_for_stubs
)
8712 // This is a global symbol. Determine if we use PLT and if the
8713 // final target is THUMB.
8714 if (gsym
->use_plt_offset(reloc_is_non_pic(r_type
)))
8716 // This uses a PLT, change the symbol value.
8717 symval
.set_output_value(target
->plt_section()->address()
8718 + gsym
->plt_offset());
8721 else if (gsym
->is_weak_undefined())
8723 // This is a weakly undefined symbol and we do not use PLT
8724 // for this relocation. A branch targeting this symbol will
8725 // be converted into an NOP.
8726 is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
= true;
8728 else if (gsym
->is_undefined() && reloc_property
->uses_symbol())
8730 // This relocation uses the symbol value but the symbol is
8731 // undefined. Exit early and have the caller reporting an
8737 // Set thumb bit if symbol:
8738 // -Has type STT_ARM_TFUNC or
8739 // -Has type STT_FUNC, is defined and with LSB in value set.
8741 (((gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
)
8742 || (gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_FUNC
8743 && !gsym
->is_undefined()
8744 && ((psymval
->value(object
, 0) & 1) != 0)))
8751 // This is a local symbol. Determine if the final target is THUMB.
8752 // We saved this information when all the local symbols were read.
8753 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_WXword r_info
= rel
.get_r_info();
8754 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(r_info
);
8755 thumb_bit
= object
->local_symbol_is_thumb_function(r_sym
) ? 1 : 0;
8760 // This is a fake relocation synthesized for a stub. It does not have
8761 // a real symbol. We just look at the LSB of the symbol value to
8762 // determine if the target is THUMB or not.
8763 thumb_bit
= ((psymval
->value(object
, 0) & 1) != 0);
8766 // Strip LSB if this points to a THUMB target.
8768 && reloc_property
->uses_thumb_bit()
8769 && ((psymval
->value(object
, 0) & 1) != 0))
8771 Arm_address stripped_value
=
8772 psymval
->value(object
, 0) & ~static_cast<Arm_address
>(1);
8773 symval
.set_output_value(stripped_value
);
8777 // To look up relocation stubs, we need to pass the symbol table index of
8779 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(rel
.get_r_info());
8781 // Get the addressing origin of the output segment defining the
8782 // symbol gsym if needed (AAELF 4.6.1.2 Relocation types).
8783 Arm_address sym_origin
= 0;
8784 if (reloc_property
->uses_symbol_base())
8786 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
&& gsym
== NULL
)
8787 // R_ARM_BASE_ABS with the NULL symbol will give the
8788 // absolute address of the GOT origin (GOT_ORG) (see ARM IHI
8789 // 0044C (AAELF): 4.6.1.8 Proxy generating relocations).
8790 sym_origin
= target
->got_plt_section()->address();
8791 else if (gsym
== NULL
)
8793 else if (gsym
->source() == Symbol::IN_OUTPUT_SEGMENT
)
8794 sym_origin
= gsym
->output_segment()->vaddr();
8795 else if (gsym
->source() == Symbol::IN_OUTPUT_DATA
)
8796 sym_origin
= gsym
->output_data()->address();
8798 // TODO: Assumes the segment base to be zero for the global symbols
8799 // till the proper support for the segment-base-relative addressing
8800 // will be implemented. This is consistent with GNU ld.
8803 // For relative addressing relocation, find out the relative address base.
8804 Arm_address relative_address_base
= 0;
8805 switch(reloc_property
->relative_address_base())
8807 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_NONE
:
8808 // Relocations with relative address bases RAB_TLS and RAB_tp are
8809 // handled by relocate_tls. So we do not need to do anything here.
8810 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_TLS
:
8811 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_tp
:
8813 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_B_S
:
8814 relative_address_base
= sym_origin
;
8816 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_GOT_ORG
:
8817 relative_address_base
= target
->got_plt_section()->address();
8819 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_P
:
8820 relative_address_base
= address
;
8822 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_Pa
:
8823 relative_address_base
= address
& 0xfffffffcU
;
8829 typename
Arm_relocate_functions::Status reloc_status
=
8830 Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_OKAY
;
8831 bool check_overflow
= reloc_property
->checks_overflow();
8834 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
8837 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8
:
8838 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8840 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs8(view
, object
, psymval
);
8843 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12
:
8844 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8846 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs12(view
, object
, psymval
);
8849 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16
:
8850 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8852 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs16(view
, object
, psymval
);
8855 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
8856 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, true,
8858 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs32(view
, object
, psymval
,
8862 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
8863 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, true,
8865 // No thumb bit for this relocation: (S + A)
8866 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs32(view
, object
, psymval
,
8870 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
8871 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8873 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::movw(view
, object
, psymval
,
8878 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS
:
8879 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8881 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::movt(view
, object
, psymval
, 0);
8884 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
8885 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8887 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movw(view
, object
, psymval
,
8888 0, thumb_bit
, false);
8891 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS
:
8892 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8894 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movt(view
, object
,
8898 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
8899 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
8900 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL
:
8902 Arm_relocate_functions::movw(view
, object
, psymval
,
8903 relative_address_base
, thumb_bit
,
8907 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL
:
8908 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL
:
8910 Arm_relocate_functions::movt(view
, object
, psymval
,
8911 relative_address_base
);
8914 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
8915 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
8916 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL
:
8918 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movw(view
, object
, psymval
,
8919 relative_address_base
,
8920 thumb_bit
, check_overflow
);
8923 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL
:
8924 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL
:
8926 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movt(view
, object
, psymval
,
8927 relative_address_base
);
8930 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
:
8931 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::rel32(view
, object
, psymval
,
8932 address
, thumb_bit
);
8935 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5
:
8936 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8938 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::thm_abs5(view
, object
, psymval
);
8941 // Thumb long branches.
8942 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
8943 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
:
8944 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
8946 Arm_relocate_functions::thumb_branch_common(
8947 r_type
, relinfo
, view
, gsym
, object
, r_sym
, psymval
, address
,
8948 thumb_bit
, is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
);
8951 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32
:
8953 Arm_address got_origin
;
8954 got_origin
= target
->got_plt_section()->address();
8955 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::rel32(view
, object
, psymval
,
8956 got_origin
, thumb_bit
);
8960 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL
:
8961 gold_assert(gsym
!= NULL
);
8963 Arm_relocate_functions::base_prel(view
, sym_origin
, address
);
8966 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
:
8968 if (!should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8972 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::base_abs(view
, sym_origin
);
8976 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
8977 gold_assert(have_got_offset
);
8978 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::got_brel(view
, got_offset
);
8981 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
8982 gold_assert(have_got_offset
);
8983 // Get the address origin for GOT PLT, which is allocated right
8984 // after the GOT section, to calculate an absolute address of
8985 // the symbol GOT entry (got_origin + got_offset).
8986 Arm_address got_origin
;
8987 got_origin
= target
->got_plt_section()->address();
8988 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::got_prel(view
,
8989 got_origin
+ got_offset
,
8993 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
8994 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
8995 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
8996 case elfcpp::R_ARM_XPC25
:
8997 gold_assert(gsym
== NULL
8998 || gsym
->has_plt_offset()
8999 || gsym
->final_value_is_known()
9000 || (gsym
->is_defined()
9001 && !gsym
->is_from_dynobj()
9002 && !gsym
->is_preemptible()));
9004 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_branch_common(
9005 r_type
, relinfo
, view
, gsym
, object
, r_sym
, psymval
, address
,
9006 thumb_bit
, is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
);
9009 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
9011 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump19(view
, object
, psymval
, address
,
9015 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6
:
9017 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump6(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
9020 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8
:
9022 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump8(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
9025 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11
:
9027 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump11(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
9030 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
9031 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::prel31(view
, object
, psymval
,
9032 address
, thumb_bit
);
9035 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
:
9036 if (target
->fix_v4bx() > General_options::FIX_V4BX_NONE
)
9038 const bool is_v4bx_interworking
=
9039 (target
->fix_v4bx() == General_options::FIX_V4BX_INTERWORKING
);
9041 Arm_relocate_functions::v4bx(relinfo
, view
, object
, address
,
9042 is_v4bx_interworking
);
9046 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC8
:
9048 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_pc8(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
9051 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC12
:
9053 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_pc12(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
9056 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0
:
9058 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_alu11(view
, object
, psymval
, address
,
9062 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC
:
9063 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0
:
9064 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC
:
9065 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1
:
9066 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2
:
9067 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC
:
9068 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0
:
9069 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC
:
9070 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1
:
9071 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2
:
9073 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_alu(view
, object
, psymval
,
9074 reloc_property
->group_index(),
9075 relative_address_base
,
9076 thumb_bit
, check_overflow
);
9079 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0
:
9080 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1
:
9081 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2
:
9082 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0
:
9083 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1
:
9084 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2
:
9086 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldr(view
, object
, psymval
,
9087 reloc_property
->group_index(),
9088 relative_address_base
);
9091 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0
:
9092 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1
:
9093 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2
:
9094 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0
:
9095 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1
:
9096 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2
:
9098 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldrs(view
, object
, psymval
,
9099 reloc_property
->group_index(),
9100 relative_address_base
);
9103 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0
:
9104 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1
:
9105 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2
:
9106 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0
:
9107 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1
:
9108 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2
:
9110 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldc(view
, object
, psymval
,
9111 reloc_property
->group_index(),
9112 relative_address_base
);
9115 // These are initial tls relocs, which are expected when
9117 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
9118 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
9119 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
9120 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
9121 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
9123 this->relocate_tls(relinfo
, target
, relnum
, rel
, r_type
, gsym
, psymval
,
9124 view
, address
, view_size
);
9127 // The known and unknown unsupported and/or deprecated relocations.
9128 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24
:
9129 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SBREL_11_0_NC
:
9130 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_19_12_NC
:
9131 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_27_20_CK
:
9133 // Just silently leave the method. We should get an appropriate error
9134 // message in the scan methods.
9138 // Report any errors.
9139 switch (reloc_status
)
9141 case Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_OKAY
:
9143 case Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_OVERFLOW
:
9144 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, rel
.get_r_offset(),
9145 _("relocation overflow in %s"),
9146 reloc_property
->name().c_str());
9148 case Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
:
9149 gold_error_at_location(
9153 _("unexpected opcode while processing relocation %s"),
9154 reloc_property
->name().c_str());
9163 // Perform a TLS relocation.
9165 template<bool big_endian
>
9166 inline typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
9167 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate::relocate_tls(
9168 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
9169 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* target
,
9171 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& rel
,
9172 unsigned int r_type
,
9173 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
9174 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
9175 unsigned char* view
,
9176 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr address
,
9177 section_size_type
/*view_size*/ )
9179 typedef Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> ArmRelocFuncs
;
9180 typedef Relocate_functions
<32, big_endian
> RelocFuncs
;
9181 Output_segment
* tls_segment
= relinfo
->layout
->tls_segment();
9183 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
= relinfo
->object
;
9185 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr value
= psymval
->value(object
, 0);
9187 const bool is_final
= (gsym
== NULL
9188 ? !parameters
->options().shared()
9189 : gsym
->final_value_is_known());
9190 const tls::Tls_optimization optimized_type
9191 = Target_arm
<big_endian
>::optimize_tls_reloc(is_final
, r_type
);
9194 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
9196 unsigned int got_type
= GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
;
9197 unsigned int got_offset
;
9200 gold_assert(gsym
->has_got_offset(got_type
));
9201 got_offset
= gsym
->got_offset(got_type
) - target
->got_size();
9205 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(rel
.get_r_info());
9206 gold_assert(object
->local_has_got_offset(r_sym
, got_type
));
9207 got_offset
= (object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, got_type
)
9208 - target
->got_size());
9210 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
9212 Arm_address got_entry
=
9213 target
->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset
;
9215 // Relocate the field with the PC relative offset of the pair of
9217 RelocFuncs::pcrel32(view
, got_entry
, address
);
9218 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY
;
9223 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
9224 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
9226 // Relocate the field with the offset of the GOT entry for
9227 // the module index.
9228 unsigned int got_offset
;
9229 got_offset
= (target
->got_mod_index_entry(NULL
, NULL
, NULL
)
9230 - target
->got_size());
9231 Arm_address got_entry
=
9232 target
->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset
;
9234 // Relocate the field with the PC relative offset of the pair of
9236 RelocFuncs::pcrel32(view
, got_entry
, address
);
9237 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY
;
9241 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
9242 RelocFuncs::rel32(view
, value
);
9243 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY
;
9245 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
9246 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
9248 // Relocate the field with the offset of the GOT entry for
9249 // the tp-relative offset of the symbol.
9250 unsigned int got_type
= GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
;
9251 unsigned int got_offset
;
9254 gold_assert(gsym
->has_got_offset(got_type
));
9255 got_offset
= gsym
->got_offset(got_type
);
9259 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(rel
.get_r_info());
9260 gold_assert(object
->local_has_got_offset(r_sym
, got_type
));
9261 got_offset
= object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, got_type
);
9264 // All GOT offsets are relative to the end of the GOT.
9265 got_offset
-= target
->got_size();
9267 Arm_address got_entry
=
9268 target
->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset
;
9270 // Relocate the field with the PC relative offset of the GOT entry.
9271 RelocFuncs::pcrel32(view
, got_entry
, address
);
9272 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY
;
9276 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
9277 // If we're creating a shared library, a dynamic relocation will
9278 // have been created for this location, so do not apply it now.
9279 if (!parameters
->options().shared())
9281 gold_assert(tls_segment
!= NULL
);
9283 // $tp points to the TCB, which is followed by the TLS, so we
9284 // need to add TCB size to the offset.
9285 Arm_address aligned_tcb_size
=
9286 align_address(ARM_TCB_SIZE
, tls_segment
->maximum_alignment());
9287 RelocFuncs::rel32(view
, value
+ aligned_tcb_size
);
9290 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY
;
9296 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, rel
.get_r_offset(),
9297 _("unsupported reloc %u"),
9299 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
9302 // Relocate section data.
9304 template<bool big_endian
>
9306 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::relocate_section(
9307 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
9308 unsigned int sh_type
,
9309 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
9311 Output_section
* output_section
,
9312 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
9313 unsigned char* view
,
9314 Arm_address address
,
9315 section_size_type view_size
,
9316 const Reloc_symbol_changes
* reloc_symbol_changes
)
9318 typedef typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate Arm_relocate
;
9319 gold_assert(sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
);
9321 // See if we are relocating a relaxed input section. If so, the view
9322 // covers the whole output section and we need to adjust accordingly.
9323 if (needs_special_offset_handling
)
9325 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
9326 output_section
->find_relaxed_input_section(relinfo
->object
,
9327 relinfo
->data_shndx
);
9330 Arm_address section_address
= poris
->address();
9331 section_size_type section_size
= poris
->data_size();
9333 gold_assert((section_address
>= address
)
9334 && ((section_address
+ section_size
)
9335 <= (address
+ view_size
)));
9337 off_t offset
= section_address
- address
;
9340 view_size
= section_size
;
9344 gold::relocate_section
<32, big_endian
, Target_arm
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
9351 needs_special_offset_handling
,
9355 reloc_symbol_changes
);
9358 // Return the size of a relocation while scanning during a relocatable
9361 template<bool big_endian
>
9363 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocatable_size_for_reloc::get_size_for_reloc(
9364 unsigned int r_type
,
9367 r_type
= get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
9368 const Arm_reloc_property
* arp
=
9369 arm_reloc_property_table
->get_implemented_static_reloc_property(r_type
);
9374 std::string reloc_name
=
9375 arm_reloc_property_table
->reloc_name_in_error_message(r_type
);
9376 gold_error(_("%s: unexpected %s in object file"),
9377 object
->name().c_str(), reloc_name
.c_str());
9382 // Scan the relocs during a relocatable link.
9384 template<bool big_endian
>
9386 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_relocatable_relocs(
9387 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
9389 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
9390 unsigned int data_shndx
,
9391 unsigned int sh_type
,
9392 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
9394 Output_section
* output_section
,
9395 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
9396 size_t local_symbol_count
,
9397 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
,
9398 Relocatable_relocs
* rr
)
9400 gold_assert(sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
);
9402 typedef Arm_scan_relocatable_relocs
<big_endian
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
9403 Relocatable_size_for_reloc
> Scan_relocatable_relocs
;
9405 gold::scan_relocatable_relocs
<32, big_endian
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
9406 Scan_relocatable_relocs
>(
9414 needs_special_offset_handling
,
9420 // Relocate a section during a relocatable link.
9422 template<bool big_endian
>
9424 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::relocate_for_relocatable(
9425 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
9426 unsigned int sh_type
,
9427 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
9429 Output_section
* output_section
,
9430 off_t offset_in_output_section
,
9431 const Relocatable_relocs
* rr
,
9432 unsigned char* view
,
9433 Arm_address view_address
,
9434 section_size_type view_size
,
9435 unsigned char* reloc_view
,
9436 section_size_type reloc_view_size
)
9438 gold_assert(sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
);
9440 gold::relocate_for_relocatable
<32, big_endian
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
>(
9445 offset_in_output_section
,
9454 // Perform target-specific processing in a relocatable link. This is
9455 // only used if we use the relocation strategy RELOC_SPECIAL.
9457 template<bool big_endian
>
9459 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::relocate_special_relocatable(
9460 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
9461 unsigned int sh_type
,
9462 const unsigned char* preloc_in
,
9464 Output_section
* output_section
,
9465 off_t offset_in_output_section
,
9466 unsigned char* view
,
9467 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr view_address
,
9469 unsigned char* preloc_out
)
9471 // We can only handle REL type relocation sections.
9472 gold_assert(sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
);
9474 typedef typename Reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, 32, big_endian
>::Reloc Reltype
;
9475 typedef typename Reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, 32, big_endian
>::Reloc_write
9477 const Arm_address invalid_address
= static_cast<Arm_address
>(0) - 1;
9479 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
=
9480 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo
->object
);
9481 const unsigned int local_count
= object
->local_symbol_count();
9483 Reltype
reloc(preloc_in
);
9484 Reltype_write
reloc_write(preloc_out
);
9486 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_WXword r_info
= reloc
.get_r_info();
9487 const unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(r_info
);
9488 const unsigned int r_type
= elfcpp::elf_r_type
<32>(r_info
);
9490 const Arm_reloc_property
* arp
=
9491 arm_reloc_property_table
->get_implemented_static_reloc_property(r_type
);
9492 gold_assert(arp
!= NULL
);
9494 // Get the new symbol index.
9495 // We only use RELOC_SPECIAL strategy in local relocations.
9496 gold_assert(r_sym
< local_count
);
9498 // We are adjusting a section symbol. We need to find
9499 // the symbol table index of the section symbol for
9500 // the output section corresponding to input section
9501 // in which this symbol is defined.
9503 unsigned int shndx
= object
->local_symbol_input_shndx(r_sym
, &is_ordinary
);
9504 gold_assert(is_ordinary
);
9505 Output_section
* os
= object
->output_section(shndx
);
9506 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
9507 gold_assert(os
->needs_symtab_index());
9508 unsigned int new_symndx
= os
->symtab_index();
9510 // Get the new offset--the location in the output section where
9511 // this relocation should be applied.
9513 Arm_address offset
= reloc
.get_r_offset();
9514 Arm_address new_offset
;
9515 if (offset_in_output_section
!= invalid_address
)
9516 new_offset
= offset
+ offset_in_output_section
;
9519 section_offset_type sot_offset
=
9520 convert_types
<section_offset_type
, Arm_address
>(offset
);
9521 section_offset_type new_sot_offset
=
9522 output_section
->output_offset(object
, relinfo
->data_shndx
,
9524 gold_assert(new_sot_offset
!= -1);
9525 new_offset
= new_sot_offset
;
9528 // In an object file, r_offset is an offset within the section.
9529 // In an executable or dynamic object, generated by
9530 // --emit-relocs, r_offset is an absolute address.
9531 if (!parameters
->options().relocatable())
9533 new_offset
+= view_address
;
9534 if (offset_in_output_section
!= invalid_address
)
9535 new_offset
-= offset_in_output_section
;
9538 reloc_write
.put_r_offset(new_offset
);
9539 reloc_write
.put_r_info(elfcpp::elf_r_info
<32>(new_symndx
, r_type
));
9541 // Handle the reloc addend.
9542 // The relocation uses a section symbol in the input file.
9543 // We are adjusting it to use a section symbol in the output
9544 // file. The input section symbol refers to some address in
9545 // the input section. We need the relocation in the output
9546 // file to refer to that same address. This adjustment to
9547 // the addend is the same calculation we use for a simple
9548 // absolute relocation for the input section symbol.
9550 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
= object
->local_symbol(r_sym
);
9552 // Handle THUMB bit.
9553 Symbol_value
<32> symval
;
9554 Arm_address thumb_bit
=
9555 object
->local_symbol_is_thumb_function(r_sym
) ? 1 : 0;
9557 && arp
->uses_thumb_bit()
9558 && ((psymval
->value(object
, 0) & 1) != 0))
9560 Arm_address stripped_value
=
9561 psymval
->value(object
, 0) & ~static_cast<Arm_address
>(1);
9562 symval
.set_output_value(stripped_value
);
9566 unsigned char* paddend
= view
+ offset
;
9567 typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status reloc_status
=
9568 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::STATUS_OKAY
;
9571 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8
:
9572 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::abs8(paddend
, object
,
9576 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12
:
9577 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::abs12(paddend
, object
,
9581 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16
:
9582 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::abs16(paddend
, object
,
9586 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5
:
9587 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_abs5(paddend
,
9592 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
9593 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
9594 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
9595 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL
:
9596 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::movw(
9597 paddend
, object
, psymval
, 0, thumb_bit
, arp
->checks_overflow());
9600 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
9601 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
9602 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
9603 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL
:
9604 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_movw(
9605 paddend
, object
, psymval
, 0, thumb_bit
, arp
->checks_overflow());
9608 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
9609 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
:
9610 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
9612 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thumb_branch_common(
9613 r_type
, relinfo
, paddend
, NULL
, object
, 0, psymval
, 0, thumb_bit
,
9617 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
9618 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
9619 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
9620 case elfcpp::R_ARM_XPC25
:
9622 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::arm_branch_common(
9623 r_type
, relinfo
, paddend
, NULL
, object
, 0, psymval
, 0, thumb_bit
,
9627 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
9629 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_jump19(paddend
, object
,
9630 psymval
, 0, thumb_bit
);
9633 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6
:
9635 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_jump6(paddend
, object
, psymval
,
9639 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8
:
9641 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_jump8(paddend
, object
, psymval
,
9645 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11
:
9647 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_jump11(paddend
, object
, psymval
,
9651 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
9653 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::prel31(paddend
, object
, psymval
, 0,
9657 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC8
:
9659 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_pc8(paddend
, object
, psymval
,
9663 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC12
:
9665 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_pc12(paddend
, object
, psymval
,
9669 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0
:
9671 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_alu11(paddend
, object
, psymval
,
9675 // These relocation truncate relocation results so we cannot handle them
9676 // in a relocatable link.
9677 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS
:
9678 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS
:
9679 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL
:
9680 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL
:
9681 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL
:
9682 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL
:
9683 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC
:
9684 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0
:
9685 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC
:
9686 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1
:
9687 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2
:
9688 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC
:
9689 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0
:
9690 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC
:
9691 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1
:
9692 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2
:
9693 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0
:
9694 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1
:
9695 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2
:
9696 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0
:
9697 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1
:
9698 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2
:
9699 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0
:
9700 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1
:
9701 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2
:
9702 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0
:
9703 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1
:
9704 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2
:
9705 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0
:
9706 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1
:
9707 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2
:
9708 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0
:
9709 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1
:
9710 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2
:
9711 gold_error(_("cannot handle %s in a relocatable link"),
9712 arp
->name().c_str());
9719 // Report any errors.
9720 switch (reloc_status
)
9722 case Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::STATUS_OKAY
:
9724 case Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::STATUS_OVERFLOW
:
9725 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, reloc
.get_r_offset(),
9726 _("relocation overflow in %s"),
9727 arp
->name().c_str());
9729 case Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
:
9730 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, reloc
.get_r_offset(),
9731 _("unexpected opcode while processing relocation %s"),
9732 arp
->name().c_str());
9739 // Return the value to use for a dynamic symbol which requires special
9740 // treatment. This is how we support equality comparisons of function
9741 // pointers across shared library boundaries, as described in the
9742 // processor specific ABI supplement.
9744 template<bool big_endian
>
9746 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_dynsym_value(const Symbol
* gsym
) const
9748 gold_assert(gsym
->is_from_dynobj() && gsym
->has_plt_offset());
9749 return this->plt_section()->address() + gsym
->plt_offset();
9752 // Map platform-specific relocs to real relocs
9754 template<bool big_endian
>
9756 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::get_real_reloc_type(unsigned int r_type
)
9760 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
:
9761 // This is either R_ARM_ABS32 or R_ARM_REL32;
9762 return elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
;
9764 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2
:
9765 // This can be any reloc type but ususally is R_ARM_GOT_PREL
9766 return elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
;
9773 // Whether if two EABI versions V1 and V2 are compatible.
9775 template<bool big_endian
>
9777 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::are_eabi_versions_compatible(
9778 elfcpp::Elf_Word v1
,
9779 elfcpp::Elf_Word v2
)
9781 // v4 and v5 are the same spec before and after it was released,
9782 // so allow mixing them.
9783 if ((v1
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_UNKNOWN
|| v2
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_UNKNOWN
)
9784 || (v1
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER4
&& v2
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER5
)
9785 || (v1
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER5
&& v2
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER4
))
9791 // Combine FLAGS from an input object called NAME and the processor-specific
9792 // flags in the ELF header of the output. Much of this is adapted from the
9793 // processor-specific flags merging code in elf32_arm_merge_private_bfd_data
9794 // in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
9796 template<bool big_endian
>
9798 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::merge_processor_specific_flags(
9799 const std::string
& name
,
9800 elfcpp::Elf_Word flags
)
9802 if (this->are_processor_specific_flags_set())
9804 elfcpp::Elf_Word out_flags
= this->processor_specific_flags();
9806 // Nothing to merge if flags equal to those in output.
9807 if (flags
== out_flags
)
9810 // Complain about various flag mismatches.
9811 elfcpp::Elf_Word version1
= elfcpp::arm_eabi_version(flags
);
9812 elfcpp::Elf_Word version2
= elfcpp::arm_eabi_version(out_flags
);
9813 if (!this->are_eabi_versions_compatible(version1
, version2
)
9814 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
9815 gold_error(_("Source object %s has EABI version %d but output has "
9816 "EABI version %d."),
9818 (flags
& elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABIMASK
) >> 24,
9819 (out_flags
& elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABIMASK
) >> 24);
9823 // If the input is the default architecture and had the default
9824 // flags then do not bother setting the flags for the output
9825 // architecture, instead allow future merges to do this. If no
9826 // future merges ever set these flags then they will retain their
9827 // uninitialised values, which surprise surprise, correspond
9828 // to the default values.
9832 // This is the first time, just copy the flags.
9833 // We only copy the EABI version for now.
9834 this->set_processor_specific_flags(flags
& elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABIMASK
);
9838 // Adjust ELF file header.
9839 template<bool big_endian
>
9841 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_adjust_elf_header(
9842 unsigned char* view
,
9845 gold_assert(len
== elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::ehdr_size
);
9847 elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
> ehdr(view
);
9848 unsigned char e_ident
[elfcpp::EI_NIDENT
];
9849 memcpy(e_ident
, ehdr
.get_e_ident(), elfcpp::EI_NIDENT
);
9851 if (elfcpp::arm_eabi_version(this->processor_specific_flags())
9852 == elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_UNKNOWN
)
9853 e_ident
[elfcpp::EI_OSABI
] = elfcpp::ELFOSABI_ARM
;
9855 e_ident
[elfcpp::EI_OSABI
] = 0;
9856 e_ident
[elfcpp::EI_ABIVERSION
] = 0;
9858 // FIXME: Do EF_ARM_BE8 adjustment.
9860 elfcpp::Ehdr_write
<32, big_endian
> oehdr(view
);
9861 oehdr
.put_e_ident(e_ident
);
9864 // do_make_elf_object to override the same function in the base class.
9865 // We need to use a target-specific sub-class of Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>
9866 // to store ARM specific information. Hence we need to have our own
9867 // ELF object creation.
9869 template<bool big_endian
>
9871 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_make_elf_object(
9872 const std::string
& name
,
9873 Input_file
* input_file
,
9874 off_t offset
, const elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
>& ehdr
)
9876 int et
= ehdr
.get_e_type();
9877 if (et
== elfcpp::ET_REL
)
9879 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* obj
=
9880 new Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
);
9884 else if (et
== elfcpp::ET_DYN
)
9886 Sized_dynobj
<32, big_endian
>* obj
=
9887 new Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
);
9893 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported ELF file type %d"),
9899 // Read the architecture from the Tag_also_compatible_with attribute, if any.
9900 // Returns -1 if no architecture could be read.
9901 // This is adapted from get_secondary_compatible_arch() in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
9903 template<bool big_endian
>
9905 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::get_secondary_compatible_arch(
9906 const Attributes_section_data
* pasd
)
9908 const Object_attribute
* known_attributes
=
9909 pasd
->known_attributes(Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC
);
9911 // Note: the tag and its argument below are uleb128 values, though
9912 // currently-defined values fit in one byte for each.
9913 const std::string
& sv
=
9914 known_attributes
[elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with
].string_value();
9916 && sv
.data()[0] == elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
9917 && (sv
.data()[1] & 128) != 128)
9918 return sv
.data()[1];
9920 // This tag is "safely ignorable", so don't complain if it looks funny.
9924 // Set, or unset, the architecture of the Tag_also_compatible_with attribute.
9925 // The tag is removed if ARCH is -1.
9926 // This is adapted from set_secondary_compatible_arch() in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
9928 template<bool big_endian
>
9930 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::set_secondary_compatible_arch(
9931 Attributes_section_data
* pasd
,
9934 Object_attribute
* known_attributes
=
9935 pasd
->known_attributes(Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC
);
9939 known_attributes
[elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with
].set_string_value("");
9943 // Note: the tag and its argument below are uleb128 values, though
9944 // currently-defined values fit in one byte for each.
9946 sv
[0] = elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
;
9947 gold_assert(arch
!= 0);
9951 known_attributes
[elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with
].set_string_value(sv
);
9954 // Combine two values for Tag_CPU_arch, taking secondary compatibility tags
9956 // This is adapted from tag_cpu_arch_combine() in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
9958 template<bool big_endian
>
9960 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::tag_cpu_arch_combine(
9963 int* secondary_compat_out
,
9965 int secondary_compat
)
9967 #define T(X) elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_##X
9968 static const int v6t2
[] =
9980 static const int v6k
[] =
9993 static const int v7
[] =
10007 static const int v6_m
[] =
10022 static const int v6s_m
[] =
10038 static const int v7e_m
[] =
10045 T(V7E_M
), // V5TEJ.
10052 T(V7E_M
), // V6S_M.
10055 static const int v4t_plus_v6_m
[] =
10062 T(V5TEJ
), // V5TEJ.
10069 T(V6S_M
), // V6S_M.
10070 T(V7E_M
), // V7E_M.
10071 T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M
) // V4T plus V6_M.
10073 static const int* comb
[] =
10081 // Pseudo-architecture.
10085 // Check we've not got a higher architecture than we know about.
10087 if (oldtag
>= elfcpp::MAX_TAG_CPU_ARCH
|| newtag
>= elfcpp::MAX_TAG_CPU_ARCH
)
10089 gold_error(_("%s: unknown CPU architecture"), name
);
10093 // Override old tag if we have a Tag_also_compatible_with on the output.
10095 if ((oldtag
== T(V6_M
) && *secondary_compat_out
== T(V4T
))
10096 || (oldtag
== T(V4T
) && *secondary_compat_out
== T(V6_M
)))
10097 oldtag
= T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M
);
10099 // And override the new tag if we have a Tag_also_compatible_with on the
10102 if ((newtag
== T(V6_M
) && secondary_compat
== T(V4T
))
10103 || (newtag
== T(V4T
) && secondary_compat
== T(V6_M
)))
10104 newtag
= T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M
);
10106 // Architectures before V6KZ add features monotonically.
10107 int tagh
= std::max(oldtag
, newtag
);
10108 if (tagh
<= elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6KZ
)
10111 int tagl
= std::min(oldtag
, newtag
);
10112 int result
= comb
[tagh
- T(V6T2
)][tagl
];
10114 // Use Tag_CPU_arch == V4T and Tag_also_compatible_with (Tag_CPU_arch V6_M)
10115 // as the canonical version.
10116 if (result
== T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M
))
10119 *secondary_compat_out
= T(V6_M
);
10122 *secondary_compat_out
= -1;
10126 gold_error(_("%s: conflicting CPU architectures %d/%d"),
10127 name
, oldtag
, newtag
);
10135 // Helper to print AEABI enum tag value.
10137 template<bool big_endian
>
10139 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::aeabi_enum_name(unsigned int value
)
10141 static const char* aeabi_enum_names
[] =
10142 { "", "variable-size", "32-bit", "" };
10143 const size_t aeabi_enum_names_size
=
10144 sizeof(aeabi_enum_names
) / sizeof(aeabi_enum_names
[0]);
10146 if (value
< aeabi_enum_names_size
)
10147 return std::string(aeabi_enum_names
[value
]);
10151 sprintf(buffer
, "<unknown value %u>", value
);
10152 return std::string(buffer
);
10156 // Return the string value to store in TAG_CPU_name.
10158 template<bool big_endian
>
10160 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::tag_cpu_name_value(unsigned int value
)
10162 static const char* name_table
[] = {
10163 // These aren't real CPU names, but we can't guess
10164 // that from the architecture version alone.
10180 const size_t name_table_size
= sizeof(name_table
) / sizeof(name_table
[0]);
10182 if (value
< name_table_size
)
10183 return std::string(name_table
[value
]);
10187 sprintf(buffer
, "<unknown CPU value %u>", value
);
10188 return std::string(buffer
);
10192 // Merge object attributes from input file called NAME with those of the
10193 // output. The input object attributes are in the object pointed by PASD.
10195 template<bool big_endian
>
10197 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::merge_object_attributes(
10199 const Attributes_section_data
* pasd
)
10201 // Return if there is no attributes section data.
10205 // If output has no object attributes, just copy.
10206 const int vendor
= Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC
;
10207 if (this->attributes_section_data_
== NULL
)
10209 this->attributes_section_data_
= new Attributes_section_data(*pasd
);
10210 Object_attribute
* out_attr
=
10211 this->attributes_section_data_
->known_attributes(vendor
);
10213 // We do not output objects with Tag_MPextension_use_legacy - we move
10214 // the attribute's value to Tag_MPextension_use. */
10215 if (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use_legacy
].int_value() != 0)
10217 if (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use
].int_value() != 0
10218 && out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use_legacy
].int_value()
10219 != out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use
].int_value())
10221 gold_error(_("%s has both the current and legacy "
10222 "Tag_MPextension_use attributes"),
10226 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use
] =
10227 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use_legacy
];
10228 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use_legacy
].set_type(0);
10229 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use_legacy
].set_int_value(0);
10235 const Object_attribute
* in_attr
= pasd
->known_attributes(vendor
);
10236 Object_attribute
* out_attr
=
10237 this->attributes_section_data_
->known_attributes(vendor
);
10239 // This needs to happen before Tag_ABI_FP_number_model is merged. */
10240 if (in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
].int_value()
10241 != out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
].int_value())
10243 // Ignore mismatches if the object doesn't use floating point. */
10244 if (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_number_model
].int_value() == 0)
10245 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
].set_int_value(
10246 in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
].int_value());
10247 else if (in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_number_model
].int_value() != 0
10248 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
10249 gold_error(_("%s uses VFP register arguments, output does not"),
10253 for (int i
= 4; i
< Vendor_object_attributes::NUM_KNOWN_ATTRIBUTES
; ++i
)
10255 // Merge this attribute with existing attributes.
10258 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
:
10259 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
:
10260 // These are merged after Tag_CPU_arch.
10263 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_optimization_goals
:
10264 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_optimization_goals
:
10265 // Use the first value seen.
10268 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
:
10270 unsigned int saved_out_attr
= out_attr
->int_value();
10271 // Merge Tag_CPU_arch and Tag_also_compatible_with.
10272 int secondary_compat
=
10273 this->get_secondary_compatible_arch(pasd
);
10274 int secondary_compat_out
=
10275 this->get_secondary_compatible_arch(
10276 this->attributes_section_data_
);
10277 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(
10278 tag_cpu_arch_combine(name
, out_attr
[i
].int_value(),
10279 &secondary_compat_out
,
10280 in_attr
[i
].int_value(),
10281 secondary_compat
));
10282 this->set_secondary_compatible_arch(this->attributes_section_data_
,
10283 secondary_compat_out
);
10285 // Merge Tag_CPU_name and Tag_CPU_raw_name.
10286 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == saved_out_attr
)
10287 ; // Leave the names alone.
10288 else if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == in_attr
[i
].int_value())
10290 // The output architecture has been changed to match the
10291 // input architecture. Use the input names.
10292 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].set_string_value(
10293 in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].string_value());
10294 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
].set_string_value(
10295 in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
].string_value());
10299 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].set_string_value("");
10300 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
].set_string_value("");
10303 // If we still don't have a value for Tag_CPU_name,
10304 // make one up now. Tag_CPU_raw_name remains blank.
10305 if (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].string_value() == "")
10307 const std::string cpu_name
=
10308 this->tag_cpu_name_value(out_attr
[i
].int_value());
10309 // FIXME: If we see an unknown CPU, this will be set
10310 // to "<unknown CPU n>", where n is the attribute value.
10311 // This is different from BFD, which leaves the name alone.
10312 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].set_string_value(cpu_name
);
10317 case elfcpp::Tag_ARM_ISA_use
:
10318 case elfcpp::Tag_THUMB_ISA_use
:
10319 case elfcpp::Tag_WMMX_arch
:
10320 case elfcpp::Tag_Advanced_SIMD_arch
:
10321 // ??? Do Advanced_SIMD (NEON) and WMMX conflict?
10322 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_rounding
:
10323 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_exceptions
:
10324 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_user_exceptions
:
10325 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_number_model
:
10326 case elfcpp::Tag_VFP_HP_extension
:
10327 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_unaligned_access
:
10328 case elfcpp::Tag_T2EE_use
:
10329 case elfcpp::Tag_Virtualization_use
:
10330 case elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use
:
10331 // Use the largest value specified.
10332 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() > out_attr
[i
].int_value())
10333 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10336 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_preserved
:
10337 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_RO_data
:
10338 // Use the smallest value specified.
10339 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() < out_attr
[i
].int_value())
10340 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10343 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_needed
:
10344 if ((in_attr
[i
].int_value() > 0 || out_attr
[i
].int_value() > 0)
10345 && (in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_preserved
].int_value() == 0
10346 || (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_preserved
].int_value()
10349 // This error message should be enabled once all non-conformant
10350 // binaries in the toolchain have had the attributes set
10352 // gold_error(_("output 8-byte data alignment conflicts with %s"),
10356 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_denormal
:
10357 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_GOT_use
:
10359 // These tags have 0 = don't care, 1 = strong requirement,
10360 // 2 = weak requirement.
10361 static const int order_021
[3] = {0, 2, 1};
10363 // Use the "greatest" from the sequence 0, 2, 1, or the largest
10364 // value if greater than 2 (for future-proofing).
10365 if ((in_attr
[i
].int_value() > 2
10366 && in_attr
[i
].int_value() > out_attr
[i
].int_value())
10367 || (in_attr
[i
].int_value() <= 2
10368 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() <= 2
10369 && (order_021
[in_attr
[i
].int_value()]
10370 > order_021
[out_attr
[i
].int_value()])))
10371 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10375 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch_profile
:
10376 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() != in_attr
[i
].int_value())
10378 // 0 will merge with anything.
10379 // 'A' and 'S' merge to 'A'.
10380 // 'R' and 'S' merge to 'R'.
10381 // 'M' and 'A|R|S' is an error.
10382 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 0
10383 || (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'S'
10384 && (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'A'
10385 || in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'R')))
10386 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10387 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 0
10388 || (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'S'
10389 && (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'A'
10390 || out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'R')))
10392 else if (parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
10395 (_("conflicting architecture profiles %c/%c"),
10396 in_attr
[i
].int_value() ? in_attr
[i
].int_value() : '0',
10397 out_attr
[i
].int_value() ? out_attr
[i
].int_value() : '0');
10401 case elfcpp::Tag_VFP_arch
:
10403 static const struct
10407 } vfp_versions
[7] =
10418 // Values greater than 6 aren't defined, so just pick the
10420 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() > 6
10421 && in_attr
[i
].int_value() > out_attr
[i
].int_value())
10423 *out_attr
= *in_attr
;
10426 // The output uses the superset of input features
10427 // (ISA version) and registers.
10428 int ver
= std::max(vfp_versions
[in_attr
[i
].int_value()].ver
,
10429 vfp_versions
[out_attr
[i
].int_value()].ver
);
10430 int regs
= std::max(vfp_versions
[in_attr
[i
].int_value()].regs
,
10431 vfp_versions
[out_attr
[i
].int_value()].regs
);
10432 // This assumes all possible supersets are also a valid
10435 for (newval
= 6; newval
> 0; newval
--)
10437 if (regs
== vfp_versions
[newval
].regs
10438 && ver
== vfp_versions
[newval
].ver
)
10441 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(newval
);
10444 case elfcpp::Tag_PCS_config
:
10445 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 0)
10446 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10447 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0
10448 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0
10449 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
10451 // It's sometimes ok to mix different configs, so this is only
10453 gold_warning(_("%s: conflicting platform configuration"), name
);
10456 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_R9_use
:
10457 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != out_attr
[i
].int_value()
10458 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused
10459 && in_attr
[i
].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused
10460 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
10462 gold_error(_("%s: conflicting use of R9"), name
);
10464 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused
)
10465 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10467 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_RW_data
:
10468 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_PCS_RW_data_SBrel
10469 && (in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_R9_use
].int_value()
10470 != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_SB
)
10471 && (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_R9_use
].int_value()
10472 != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused
)
10473 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
10475 gold_error(_("%s: SB relative addressing conflicts with use "
10479 // Use the smallest value specified.
10480 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() < out_attr
[i
].int_value())
10481 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10483 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_wchar_t
:
10484 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value()
10485 && in_attr
[i
].int_value()
10486 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != in_attr
[i
].int_value()
10487 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch()
10488 && parameters
->options().wchar_size_warning())
10490 gold_warning(_("%s uses %u-byte wchar_t yet the output is to "
10491 "use %u-byte wchar_t; use of wchar_t values "
10492 "across objects may fail"),
10493 name
, in_attr
[i
].int_value(),
10494 out_attr
[i
].int_value());
10496 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() && !out_attr
[i
].int_value())
10497 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10499 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_enum_size
:
10500 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_enum_unused
)
10502 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_enum_unused
10503 || out_attr
[i
].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_enum_forced_wide
)
10505 // The existing object is compatible with anything.
10506 // Use whatever requirements the new object has.
10507 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10509 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_enum_forced_wide
10510 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != in_attr
[i
].int_value()
10511 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch()
10512 && parameters
->options().enum_size_warning())
10514 unsigned int in_value
= in_attr
[i
].int_value();
10515 unsigned int out_value
= out_attr
[i
].int_value();
10516 gold_warning(_("%s uses %s enums yet the output is to use "
10517 "%s enums; use of enum values across objects "
10520 this->aeabi_enum_name(in_value
).c_str(),
10521 this->aeabi_enum_name(out_value
).c_str());
10525 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
:
10528 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_WMMX_args
:
10529 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != out_attr
[i
].int_value()
10530 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
10532 gold_error(_("%s uses iWMMXt register arguments, output does "
10537 case Object_attribute::Tag_compatibility
:
10538 // Merged in target-independent code.
10540 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_HardFP_use
:
10541 // 1 (SP) and 2 (DP) conflict, so combine to 3 (SP & DP).
10542 if ((in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 1 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 2)
10543 || (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 2 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 1))
10544 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(3);
10545 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() > out_attr
[i
].int_value())
10546 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10548 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_16bit_format
:
10549 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0)
10551 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != out_attr
[i
].int_value()
10552 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
10553 gold_error(_("fp16 format mismatch between %s and output"),
10556 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0)
10557 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10560 case elfcpp::Tag_DIV_use
:
10561 // This tag is set to zero if we can use UDIV and SDIV in Thumb
10562 // mode on a v7-M or v7-R CPU; to one if we can not use UDIV or
10563 // SDIV at all; and to two if we can use UDIV or SDIV on a v7-A
10564 // CPU. We will merge as follows: If the input attribute's value
10565 // is one then the output attribute's value remains unchanged. If
10566 // the input attribute's value is zero or two then if the output
10567 // attribute's value is one the output value is set to the input
10568 // value, otherwise the output value must be the same as the
10570 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 1 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != 1)
10572 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != out_attr
[i
].int_value())
10574 gold_error(_("DIV usage mismatch between %s and output"),
10579 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 1)
10580 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10584 case elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use_legacy
:
10585 // We don't output objects with Tag_MPextension_use_legacy - we
10586 // move the value to Tag_MPextension_use.
10587 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0
10588 && in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use
].int_value() != 0)
10590 if (in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use
].int_value()
10591 != in_attr
[i
].int_value())
10593 gold_error(_("%s has has both the current and legacy "
10594 "Tag_MPextension_use attributes"),
10599 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value()
10600 > out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use
].int_value())
10601 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use
] = in_attr
[i
];
10605 case elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults
:
10606 // This tag is set if it exists, but the value is unused (and is
10607 // typically zero). We don't actually need to do anything here -
10608 // the merge happens automatically when the type flags are merged
10611 case elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with
:
10612 // Already done in Tag_CPU_arch.
10614 case elfcpp::Tag_conformance
:
10615 // Keep the attribute if it matches. Throw it away otherwise.
10616 // No attribute means no claim to conform.
10617 if (in_attr
[i
].string_value() != out_attr
[i
].string_value())
10618 out_attr
[i
].set_string_value("");
10623 const char* err_object
= NULL
;
10625 // The "known_obj_attributes" table does contain some undefined
10626 // attributes. Ensure that there are unused.
10627 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0
10628 || out_attr
[i
].string_value() != "")
10629 err_object
= "output";
10630 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0
10631 || in_attr
[i
].string_value() != "")
10634 if (err_object
!= NULL
10635 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
10637 // Attribute numbers >=64 (mod 128) can be safely ignored.
10638 if ((i
& 127) < 64)
10639 gold_error(_("%s: unknown mandatory EABI object attribute "
10643 gold_warning(_("%s: unknown EABI object attribute %d"),
10647 // Only pass on attributes that match in both inputs.
10648 if (!in_attr
[i
].matches(out_attr
[i
]))
10650 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(0);
10651 out_attr
[i
].set_string_value("");
10656 // If out_attr was copied from in_attr then it won't have a type yet.
10657 if (in_attr
[i
].type() && !out_attr
[i
].type())
10658 out_attr
[i
].set_type(in_attr
[i
].type());
10661 // Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones.
10662 this->attributes_section_data_
->merge(name
, pasd
);
10664 // Check for any attributes not known on ARM.
10665 typedef Vendor_object_attributes::Other_attributes Other_attributes
;
10666 const Other_attributes
* in_other_attributes
= pasd
->other_attributes(vendor
);
10667 Other_attributes::const_iterator in_iter
= in_other_attributes
->begin();
10668 Other_attributes
* out_other_attributes
=
10669 this->attributes_section_data_
->other_attributes(vendor
);
10670 Other_attributes::iterator out_iter
= out_other_attributes
->begin();
10672 while (in_iter
!= in_other_attributes
->end()
10673 || out_iter
!= out_other_attributes
->end())
10675 const char* err_object
= NULL
;
10678 // The tags for each list are in numerical order.
10679 // If the tags are equal, then merge.
10680 if (out_iter
!= out_other_attributes
->end()
10681 && (in_iter
== in_other_attributes
->end()
10682 || in_iter
->first
> out_iter
->first
))
10684 // This attribute only exists in output. We can't merge, and we
10685 // don't know what the tag means, so delete it.
10686 err_object
= "output";
10687 err_tag
= out_iter
->first
;
10688 int saved_tag
= out_iter
->first
;
10689 delete out_iter
->second
;
10690 out_other_attributes
->erase(out_iter
);
10691 out_iter
= out_other_attributes
->upper_bound(saved_tag
);
10693 else if (in_iter
!= in_other_attributes
->end()
10694 && (out_iter
!= out_other_attributes
->end()
10695 || in_iter
->first
< out_iter
->first
))
10697 // This attribute only exists in input. We can't merge, and we
10698 // don't know what the tag means, so ignore it.
10700 err_tag
= in_iter
->first
;
10703 else // The tags are equal.
10705 // As present, all attributes in the list are unknown, and
10706 // therefore can't be merged meaningfully.
10707 err_object
= "output";
10708 err_tag
= out_iter
->first
;
10710 // Only pass on attributes that match in both inputs.
10711 if (!in_iter
->second
->matches(*(out_iter
->second
)))
10713 // No match. Delete the attribute.
10714 int saved_tag
= out_iter
->first
;
10715 delete out_iter
->second
;
10716 out_other_attributes
->erase(out_iter
);
10717 out_iter
= out_other_attributes
->upper_bound(saved_tag
);
10721 // Matched. Keep the attribute and move to the next.
10727 if (err_object
&& parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
10729 // Attribute numbers >=64 (mod 128) can be safely ignored. */
10730 if ((err_tag
& 127) < 64)
10732 gold_error(_("%s: unknown mandatory EABI object attribute %d"),
10733 err_object
, err_tag
);
10737 gold_warning(_("%s: unknown EABI object attribute %d"),
10738 err_object
, err_tag
);
10744 // Stub-generation methods for Target_arm.
10746 // Make a new Arm_input_section object.
10748 template<bool big_endian
>
10749 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
10750 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::new_arm_input_section(
10752 unsigned int shndx
)
10754 Section_id
sid(relobj
, shndx
);
10756 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* arm_input_section
=
10757 new Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>(relobj
, shndx
);
10758 arm_input_section
->init();
10760 // Register new Arm_input_section in map for look-up.
10761 std::pair
<typename
Arm_input_section_map::iterator
, bool> ins
=
10762 this->arm_input_section_map_
.insert(std::make_pair(sid
, arm_input_section
));
10764 // Make sure that it we have not created another Arm_input_section
10765 // for this input section already.
10766 gold_assert(ins
.second
);
10768 return arm_input_section
;
10771 // Find the Arm_input_section object corresponding to the SHNDX-th input
10772 // section of RELOBJ.
10774 template<bool big_endian
>
10775 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
10776 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::find_arm_input_section(
10778 unsigned int shndx
) const
10780 Section_id
sid(relobj
, shndx
);
10781 typename
Arm_input_section_map::const_iterator p
=
10782 this->arm_input_section_map_
.find(sid
);
10783 return (p
!= this->arm_input_section_map_
.end()) ? p
->second
: NULL
;
10786 // Make a new stub table.
10788 template<bool big_endian
>
10789 Stub_table
<big_endian
>*
10790 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::new_stub_table(Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* owner
)
10792 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
10793 new Stub_table
<big_endian
>(owner
);
10794 this->stub_tables_
.push_back(stub_table
);
10796 stub_table
->set_address(owner
->address() + owner
->data_size());
10797 stub_table
->set_file_offset(owner
->offset() + owner
->data_size());
10798 stub_table
->finalize_data_size();
10803 // Scan a relocation for stub generation.
10805 template<bool big_endian
>
10807 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_reloc_for_stub(
10808 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
10809 unsigned int r_type
,
10810 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
10811 unsigned int r_sym
,
10812 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
10813 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword addend
,
10814 Arm_address address
)
10816 typedef typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate Relocate
;
10818 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
10819 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo
->object
);
10821 bool target_is_thumb
;
10822 Symbol_value
<32> symval
;
10825 // This is a global symbol. Determine if we use PLT and if the
10826 // final target is THUMB.
10827 if (gsym
->use_plt_offset(Relocate::reloc_is_non_pic(r_type
)))
10829 // This uses a PLT, change the symbol value.
10830 symval
.set_output_value(this->plt_section()->address()
10831 + gsym
->plt_offset());
10833 target_is_thumb
= false;
10835 else if (gsym
->is_undefined())
10836 // There is no need to generate a stub symbol is undefined.
10841 ((gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
)
10842 || (gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_FUNC
10843 && !gsym
->is_undefined()
10844 && ((psymval
->value(arm_relobj
, 0) & 1) != 0)));
10849 // This is a local symbol. Determine if the final target is THUMB.
10850 target_is_thumb
= arm_relobj
->local_symbol_is_thumb_function(r_sym
);
10853 // Strip LSB if this points to a THUMB target.
10854 const Arm_reloc_property
* reloc_property
=
10855 arm_reloc_property_table
->get_implemented_static_reloc_property(r_type
);
10856 gold_assert(reloc_property
!= NULL
);
10857 if (target_is_thumb
10858 && reloc_property
->uses_thumb_bit()
10859 && ((psymval
->value(arm_relobj
, 0) & 1) != 0))
10861 Arm_address stripped_value
=
10862 psymval
->value(arm_relobj
, 0) & ~static_cast<Arm_address
>(1);
10863 symval
.set_output_value(stripped_value
);
10867 // Get the symbol value.
10868 Symbol_value
<32>::Value value
= psymval
->value(arm_relobj
, 0);
10870 // Owing to pipelining, the PC relative branches below actually skip
10871 // two instructions when the branch offset is 0.
10872 Arm_address destination
;
10875 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
10876 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
10877 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
10879 destination
= value
+ addend
+ 8;
10881 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
10882 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
:
10883 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
10884 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
10886 destination
= value
+ addend
+ 4;
10889 gold_unreachable();
10892 Reloc_stub
* stub
= NULL
;
10893 Stub_type stub_type
=
10894 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(r_type
, address
, destination
,
10896 if (stub_type
!= arm_stub_none
)
10898 // Try looking up an existing stub from a stub table.
10899 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
10900 arm_relobj
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
10901 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
10903 // Locate stub by destination.
10904 Reloc_stub::Key
stub_key(stub_type
, gsym
, arm_relobj
, r_sym
, addend
);
10906 // Create a stub if there is not one already
10907 stub
= stub_table
->find_reloc_stub(stub_key
);
10910 // create a new stub and add it to stub table.
10911 stub
= this->stub_factory().make_reloc_stub(stub_type
);
10912 stub_table
->add_reloc_stub(stub
, stub_key
);
10915 // Record the destination address.
10916 stub
->set_destination_address(destination
10917 | (target_is_thumb
? 1 : 0));
10920 // For Cortex-A8, we need to record a relocation at 4K page boundary.
10921 if (this->fix_cortex_a8_
10922 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
10923 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
10924 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
10925 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
)
10926 && (address
& 0xfffU
) == 0xffeU
)
10928 // Found a candidate. Note we haven't checked the destination is
10929 // within 4K here: if we do so (and don't create a record) we can't
10930 // tell that a branch should have been relocated when scanning later.
10931 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
[address
] =
10932 new Cortex_a8_reloc(stub
, r_type
,
10933 destination
| (target_is_thumb
? 1 : 0));
10937 // This function scans a relocation sections for stub generation.
10938 // The template parameter Relocate must be a class type which provides
10939 // a single function, relocate(), which implements the machine
10940 // specific part of a relocation.
10942 // BIG_ENDIAN is the endianness of the data. SH_TYPE is the section type:
10943 // SHT_REL or SHT_RELA.
10945 // PRELOCS points to the relocation data. RELOC_COUNT is the number
10946 // of relocs. OUTPUT_SECTION is the output section.
10947 // NEEDS_SPECIAL_OFFSET_HANDLING is true if input offsets need to be
10948 // mapped to output offsets.
10950 // VIEW is the section data, VIEW_ADDRESS is its memory address, and
10951 // VIEW_SIZE is the size. These refer to the input section, unless
10952 // NEEDS_SPECIAL_OFFSET_HANDLING is true, in which case they refer to
10953 // the output section.
10955 template<bool big_endian
>
10956 template<int sh_type
>
10958 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_reloc_section_for_stubs(
10959 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
10960 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
10961 size_t reloc_count
,
10962 Output_section
* output_section
,
10963 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
10964 const unsigned char* view
,
10965 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr view_address
,
10968 typedef typename Reloc_types
<sh_type
, 32, big_endian
>::Reloc Reltype
;
10969 const int reloc_size
=
10970 Reloc_types
<sh_type
, 32, big_endian
>::reloc_size
;
10972 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_object
=
10973 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo
->object
);
10974 unsigned int local_count
= arm_object
->local_symbol_count();
10976 Comdat_behavior comdat_behavior
= CB_UNDETERMINED
;
10978 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< reloc_count
; ++i
, prelocs
+= reloc_size
)
10980 Reltype
reloc(prelocs
);
10982 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_WXword r_info
= reloc
.get_r_info();
10983 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(r_info
);
10984 unsigned int r_type
= elfcpp::elf_r_type
<32>(r_info
);
10986 r_type
= this->get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
10988 // Only a few relocation types need stubs.
10989 if ((r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
)
10990 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
)
10991 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
)
10992 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
)
10993 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
)
10994 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
)
10995 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
)
10996 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
))
10999 section_offset_type offset
=
11000 convert_to_section_size_type(reloc
.get_r_offset());
11002 if (needs_special_offset_handling
)
11004 offset
= output_section
->output_offset(relinfo
->object
,
11005 relinfo
->data_shndx
,
11011 // Create a v4bx stub if --fix-v4bx-interworking is used.
11012 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
)
11014 if (this->fix_v4bx() == General_options::FIX_V4BX_INTERWORKING
)
11016 // Get the BX instruction.
11017 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
11018 const Valtype
* wv
=
11019 reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
+ offset
);
11020 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword insn
=
11021 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
11022 const uint32_t reg
= (insn
& 0xf);
11026 // Try looking up an existing stub from a stub table.
11027 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
11028 arm_object
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
11029 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
11031 if (stub_table
->find_arm_v4bx_stub(reg
) == NULL
)
11033 // create a new stub and add it to stub table.
11034 Arm_v4bx_stub
* stub
=
11035 this->stub_factory().make_arm_v4bx_stub(reg
);
11036 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
);
11037 stub_table
->add_arm_v4bx_stub(stub
);
11045 Stub_addend_reader
<sh_type
, big_endian
> stub_addend_reader
;
11046 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword addend
=
11047 stub_addend_reader(r_type
, view
+ offset
, reloc
);
11049 const Sized_symbol
<32>* sym
;
11051 Symbol_value
<32> symval
;
11052 const Symbol_value
<32> *psymval
;
11053 bool is_defined_in_discarded_section
;
11054 unsigned int shndx
;
11055 if (r_sym
< local_count
)
11058 psymval
= arm_object
->local_symbol(r_sym
);
11060 // If the local symbol belongs to a section we are discarding,
11061 // and that section is a debug section, try to find the
11062 // corresponding kept section and map this symbol to its
11063 // counterpart in the kept section. The symbol must not
11064 // correspond to a section we are folding.
11066 shndx
= psymval
->input_shndx(&is_ordinary
);
11067 is_defined_in_discarded_section
=
11069 && shndx
!= elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
11070 && !arm_object
->is_section_included(shndx
)
11071 && !relinfo
->symtab
->is_section_folded(arm_object
, shndx
));
11073 // We need to compute the would-be final value of this local
11075 if (!is_defined_in_discarded_section
)
11077 typedef Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
> ObjType
;
11078 typename
ObjType::Compute_final_local_value_status status
=
11079 arm_object
->compute_final_local_value(r_sym
, psymval
, &symval
,
11081 if (status
== ObjType::CFLV_OK
)
11083 // Currently we cannot handle a branch to a target in
11084 // a merged section. If this is the case, issue an error
11085 // and also free the merge symbol value.
11086 if (!symval
.has_output_value())
11088 const std::string
& section_name
=
11089 arm_object
->section_name(shndx
);
11090 arm_object
->error(_("cannot handle branch to local %u "
11091 "in a merged section %s"),
11092 r_sym
, section_name
.c_str());
11098 // We cannot determine the final value.
11105 const Symbol
* gsym
;
11106 gsym
= arm_object
->global_symbol(r_sym
);
11107 gold_assert(gsym
!= NULL
);
11108 if (gsym
->is_forwarder())
11109 gsym
= relinfo
->symtab
->resolve_forwards(gsym
);
11111 sym
= static_cast<const Sized_symbol
<32>*>(gsym
);
11112 if (sym
->has_symtab_index() && sym
->symtab_index() != -1U)
11113 symval
.set_output_symtab_index(sym
->symtab_index());
11115 symval
.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
11117 // We need to compute the would-be final value of this global
11119 const Symbol_table
* symtab
= relinfo
->symtab
;
11120 const Sized_symbol
<32>* sized_symbol
=
11121 symtab
->get_sized_symbol
<32>(gsym
);
11122 Symbol_table::Compute_final_value_status status
;
11123 Arm_address value
=
11124 symtab
->compute_final_value
<32>(sized_symbol
, &status
);
11126 // Skip this if the symbol has not output section.
11127 if (status
== Symbol_table::CFVS_NO_OUTPUT_SECTION
)
11129 symval
.set_output_value(value
);
11131 if (gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_TLS
)
11132 symval
.set_is_tls_symbol();
11133 else if (gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
11134 symval
.set_is_ifunc_symbol();
11137 is_defined_in_discarded_section
=
11138 (gsym
->is_defined_in_discarded_section()
11139 && gsym
->is_undefined());
11143 Symbol_value
<32> symval2
;
11144 if (is_defined_in_discarded_section
)
11146 if (comdat_behavior
== CB_UNDETERMINED
)
11148 std::string name
= arm_object
->section_name(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
11149 comdat_behavior
= get_comdat_behavior(name
.c_str());
11151 if (comdat_behavior
== CB_PRETEND
)
11153 // FIXME: This case does not work for global symbols.
11154 // We have no place to store the original section index.
11155 // Fortunately this does not matter for comdat sections,
11156 // only for sections explicitly discarded by a linker
11159 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr value
=
11160 arm_object
->map_to_kept_section(shndx
, &found
);
11162 symval2
.set_output_value(value
+ psymval
->input_value());
11164 symval2
.set_output_value(0);
11168 if (comdat_behavior
== CB_WARNING
)
11169 gold_warning_at_location(relinfo
, i
, offset
,
11170 _("relocation refers to discarded "
11172 symval2
.set_output_value(0);
11174 symval2
.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
11175 psymval
= &symval2
;
11178 // If symbol is a section symbol, we don't know the actual type of
11179 // destination. Give up.
11180 if (psymval
->is_section_symbol())
11183 this->scan_reloc_for_stub(relinfo
, r_type
, sym
, r_sym
, psymval
,
11184 addend
, view_address
+ offset
);
11188 // Scan an input section for stub generation.
11190 template<bool big_endian
>
11192 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_section_for_stubs(
11193 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
11194 unsigned int sh_type
,
11195 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
11196 size_t reloc_count
,
11197 Output_section
* output_section
,
11198 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
11199 const unsigned char* view
,
11200 Arm_address view_address
,
11201 section_size_type view_size
)
11203 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
11204 this->scan_reloc_section_for_stubs
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
>(
11209 needs_special_offset_handling
,
11213 else if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
11214 // We do not support RELA type relocations yet. This is provided for
11216 this->scan_reloc_section_for_stubs
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
>(
11221 needs_special_offset_handling
,
11226 gold_unreachable();
11229 // Group input sections for stub generation.
11231 // We goup input sections in an output sections so that the total size,
11232 // including any padding space due to alignment is smaller than GROUP_SIZE
11233 // unless the only input section in group is bigger than GROUP_SIZE already.
11234 // Then an ARM stub table is created to follow the last input section
11235 // in group. For each group an ARM stub table is created an is placed
11236 // after the last group. If STUB_ALWATS_AFTER_BRANCH is false, we further
11237 // extend the group after the stub table.
11239 template<bool big_endian
>
11241 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::group_sections(
11243 section_size_type group_size
,
11244 bool stubs_always_after_branch
,
11247 // Group input sections and insert stub table
11248 Layout::Section_list section_list
;
11249 layout
->get_allocated_sections(§ion_list
);
11250 for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p
= section_list
.begin();
11251 p
!= section_list
.end();
11254 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>* output_section
=
11255 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::as_arm_output_section(*p
);
11256 output_section
->group_sections(group_size
, stubs_always_after_branch
,
11261 // Relaxation hook. This is where we do stub generation.
11263 template<bool big_endian
>
11265 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_relax(
11267 const Input_objects
* input_objects
,
11268 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
11272 // No need to generate stubs if this is a relocatable link.
11273 gold_assert(!parameters
->options().relocatable());
11275 // If this is the first pass, we need to group input sections into
11277 bool done_exidx_fixup
= false;
11278 typedef typename
Stub_table_list::iterator Stub_table_iterator
;
11281 // Determine the stub group size. The group size is the absolute
11282 // value of the parameter --stub-group-size. If --stub-group-size
11283 // is passed a negative value, we restict stubs to be always after
11284 // the stubbed branches.
11285 int32_t stub_group_size_param
=
11286 parameters
->options().stub_group_size();
11287 bool stubs_always_after_branch
= stub_group_size_param
< 0;
11288 section_size_type stub_group_size
= abs(stub_group_size_param
);
11290 if (stub_group_size
== 1)
11293 // Thumb branch range is +-4MB has to be used as the default
11294 // maximum size (a given section can contain both ARM and Thumb
11295 // code, so the worst case has to be taken into account). If we are
11296 // fixing cortex-a8 errata, the branch range has to be even smaller,
11297 // since wide conditional branch has a range of +-1MB only.
11299 // This value is 48K less than that, which allows for 4096
11300 // 12-byte stubs. If we exceed that, then we will fail to link.
11301 // The user will have to relink with an explicit group size
11303 stub_group_size
= 4145152;
11306 // The Cortex-A8 erratum fix depends on stubs not being in the same 4K
11307 // page as the first half of a 32-bit branch straddling two 4K pages.
11308 // This is a crude way of enforcing that. In addition, long conditional
11309 // branches of THUMB-2 have a range of +-1M. If we are fixing cortex-A8
11310 // erratum, limit the group size to (1M - 12k) to avoid unreachable
11311 // cortex-A8 stubs from long conditional branches.
11312 if (this->fix_cortex_a8_
)
11314 stubs_always_after_branch
= true;
11315 const section_size_type cortex_a8_group_size
= 1024 * (1024 - 12);
11316 stub_group_size
= std::max(stub_group_size
, cortex_a8_group_size
);
11319 group_sections(layout
, stub_group_size
, stubs_always_after_branch
, task
);
11321 // Also fix .ARM.exidx section coverage.
11322 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>* exidx_output_section
= NULL
;
11323 for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p
=
11324 layout
->section_list().begin();
11325 p
!= layout
->section_list().end();
11327 if ((*p
)->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
11329 if (exidx_output_section
== NULL
)
11330 exidx_output_section
=
11331 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::as_arm_output_section(*p
);
11333 // We cannot handle this now.
11334 gold_error(_("multiple SHT_ARM_EXIDX sections %s and %s in a "
11335 "non-relocatable link"),
11336 exidx_output_section
->name(),
11340 if (exidx_output_section
!= NULL
)
11342 this->fix_exidx_coverage(layout
, input_objects
, exidx_output_section
,
11344 done_exidx_fixup
= true;
11349 // If this is not the first pass, addresses and file offsets have
11350 // been reset at this point, set them here.
11351 for (Stub_table_iterator sp
= this->stub_tables_
.begin();
11352 sp
!= this->stub_tables_
.end();
11355 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* owner
= (*sp
)->owner();
11356 off_t off
= align_address(owner
->original_size(),
11357 (*sp
)->addralign());
11358 (*sp
)->set_address_and_file_offset(owner
->address() + off
,
11359 owner
->offset() + off
);
11363 // The Cortex-A8 stubs are sensitive to layout of code sections. At the
11364 // beginning of each relaxation pass, just blow away all the stubs.
11365 // Alternatively, we could selectively remove only the stubs and reloc
11366 // information for code sections that have moved since the last pass.
11367 // That would require more book-keeping.
11368 if (this->fix_cortex_a8_
)
11370 // Clear all Cortex-A8 reloc information.
11371 for (typename
Cortex_a8_relocs_info::const_iterator p
=
11372 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.begin();
11373 p
!= this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.end();
11376 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.clear();
11378 // Remove all Cortex-A8 stubs.
11379 for (Stub_table_iterator sp
= this->stub_tables_
.begin();
11380 sp
!= this->stub_tables_
.end();
11382 (*sp
)->remove_all_cortex_a8_stubs();
11385 // Scan relocs for relocation stubs
11386 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator op
= input_objects
->relobj_begin();
11387 op
!= input_objects
->relobj_end();
11390 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
11391 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(*op
);
11392 // Lock the object so we can read from it. This is only called
11393 // single-threaded from Layout::finalize, so it is OK to lock.
11394 Task_lock_obj
<Object
> tl(task
, arm_relobj
);
11395 arm_relobj
->scan_sections_for_stubs(this, symtab
, layout
);
11398 // Check all stub tables to see if any of them have their data sizes
11399 // or addresses alignments changed. These are the only things that
11401 bool any_stub_table_changed
= false;
11402 Unordered_set
<const Output_section
*> sections_needing_adjustment
;
11403 for (Stub_table_iterator sp
= this->stub_tables_
.begin();
11404 (sp
!= this->stub_tables_
.end()) && !any_stub_table_changed
;
11407 if ((*sp
)->update_data_size_and_addralign())
11409 // Update data size of stub table owner.
11410 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* owner
= (*sp
)->owner();
11411 uint64_t address
= owner
->address();
11412 off_t offset
= owner
->offset();
11413 owner
->reset_address_and_file_offset();
11414 owner
->set_address_and_file_offset(address
, offset
);
11416 sections_needing_adjustment
.insert(owner
->output_section());
11417 any_stub_table_changed
= true;
11421 // Output_section_data::output_section() returns a const pointer but we
11422 // need to update output sections, so we record all output sections needing
11423 // update above and scan the sections here to find out what sections need
11425 for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p
= layout
->section_list().begin();
11426 p
!= layout
->section_list().end();
11429 if (sections_needing_adjustment
.find(*p
)
11430 != sections_needing_adjustment
.end())
11431 (*p
)->set_section_offsets_need_adjustment();
11434 // Stop relaxation if no EXIDX fix-up and no stub table change.
11435 bool continue_relaxation
= done_exidx_fixup
|| any_stub_table_changed
;
11437 // Finalize the stubs in the last relaxation pass.
11438 if (!continue_relaxation
)
11440 for (Stub_table_iterator sp
= this->stub_tables_
.begin();
11441 (sp
!= this->stub_tables_
.end()) && !any_stub_table_changed
;
11443 (*sp
)->finalize_stubs();
11445 // Update output local symbol counts of objects if necessary.
11446 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator op
= input_objects
->relobj_begin();
11447 op
!= input_objects
->relobj_end();
11450 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
11451 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(*op
);
11453 // Update output local symbol counts. We need to discard local
11454 // symbols defined in parts of input sections that are discarded by
11456 if (arm_relobj
->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update())
11458 // We need to lock the object's file to update it.
11459 Task_lock_obj
<Object
> tl(task
, arm_relobj
);
11460 arm_relobj
->update_output_local_symbol_count();
11465 return continue_relaxation
;
11468 // Relocate a stub.
11470 template<bool big_endian
>
11472 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::relocate_stub(
11474 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
11475 Output_section
* output_section
,
11476 unsigned char* view
,
11477 Arm_address address
,
11478 section_size_type view_size
)
11481 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= stub
->stub_template();
11482 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< stub_template
->reloc_count(); i
++)
11484 size_t reloc_insn_index
= stub_template
->reloc_insn_index(i
);
11485 const Insn_template
* insn
= &stub_template
->insns()[reloc_insn_index
];
11487 unsigned int r_type
= insn
->r_type();
11488 section_size_type reloc_offset
= stub_template
->reloc_offset(i
);
11489 section_size_type reloc_size
= insn
->size();
11490 gold_assert(reloc_offset
+ reloc_size
<= view_size
);
11492 // This is the address of the stub destination.
11493 Arm_address target
= stub
->reloc_target(i
) + insn
->reloc_addend();
11494 Symbol_value
<32> symval
;
11495 symval
.set_output_value(target
);
11497 // Synthesize a fake reloc just in case. We don't have a symbol so
11499 unsigned char reloc_buffer
[elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
];
11500 memset(reloc_buffer
, 0, sizeof(reloc_buffer
));
11501 elfcpp::Rel_write
<32, big_endian
> reloc_write(reloc_buffer
);
11502 reloc_write
.put_r_offset(reloc_offset
);
11503 reloc_write
.put_r_info(elfcpp::elf_r_info
<32>(0, r_type
));
11504 elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
> rel(reloc_buffer
);
11506 relocate
.relocate(relinfo
, this, output_section
,
11507 this->fake_relnum_for_stubs
, rel
, r_type
,
11508 NULL
, &symval
, view
+ reloc_offset
,
11509 address
+ reloc_offset
, reloc_size
);
11513 // Determine whether an object attribute tag takes an integer, a
11516 template<bool big_endian
>
11518 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_attribute_arg_type(int tag
) const
11520 if (tag
== Object_attribute::Tag_compatibility
)
11521 return (Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
11522 | Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_STR_VAL
);
11523 else if (tag
== elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults
)
11524 return (Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
11525 | Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_NO_DEFAULT
);
11526 else if (tag
== elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
|| tag
== elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
)
11527 return Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_STR_VAL
;
11529 return Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
11531 return ((tag
& 1) != 0
11532 ? Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_STR_VAL
11533 : Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
);
11536 // Reorder attributes.
11538 // The ABI defines that Tag_conformance should be emitted first, and that
11539 // Tag_nodefaults should be second (if either is defined). This sets those
11540 // two positions, and bumps up the position of all the remaining tags to
11543 template<bool big_endian
>
11545 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_attributes_order(int num
) const
11547 // Reorder the known object attributes in output. We want to move
11548 // Tag_conformance to position 4 and Tag_conformance to position 5
11549 // and shift eveything between 4 .. Tag_conformance - 1 to make room.
11551 return elfcpp::Tag_conformance
;
11553 return elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults
;
11554 if ((num
- 2) < elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults
)
11556 if ((num
- 1) < elfcpp::Tag_conformance
)
11561 // Scan a span of THUMB code for Cortex-A8 erratum.
11563 template<bool big_endian
>
11565 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_span_for_cortex_a8_erratum(
11566 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
,
11567 unsigned int shndx
,
11568 section_size_type span_start
,
11569 section_size_type span_end
,
11570 const unsigned char* view
,
11571 Arm_address address
)
11573 // Scan for 32-bit Thumb-2 branches which span two 4K regions, where:
11575 // The opcode is BLX.W, BL.W, B.W, Bcc.W
11576 // The branch target is in the same 4KB region as the
11577 // first half of the branch.
11578 // The instruction before the branch is a 32-bit
11579 // length non-branch instruction.
11580 section_size_type i
= span_start
;
11581 bool last_was_32bit
= false;
11582 bool last_was_branch
= false;
11583 while (i
< span_end
)
11585 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
11586 const Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
+ i
);
11587 uint32_t insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
11588 bool is_blx
= false, is_b
= false;
11589 bool is_bl
= false, is_bcc
= false;
11591 bool insn_32bit
= (insn
& 0xe000) == 0xe000 && (insn
& 0x1800) != 0x0000;
11594 // Load the rest of the insn (in manual-friendly order).
11595 insn
= (insn
<< 16) | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
11597 // Encoding T4: B<c>.W.
11598 is_b
= (insn
& 0xf800d000U
) == 0xf0009000U
;
11599 // Encoding T1: BL<c>.W.
11600 is_bl
= (insn
& 0xf800d000U
) == 0xf000d000U
;
11601 // Encoding T2: BLX<c>.W.
11602 is_blx
= (insn
& 0xf800d000U
) == 0xf000c000U
;
11603 // Encoding T3: B<c>.W (not permitted in IT block).
11604 is_bcc
= ((insn
& 0xf800d000U
) == 0xf0008000U
11605 && (insn
& 0x07f00000U
) != 0x03800000U
);
11608 bool is_32bit_branch
= is_b
|| is_bl
|| is_blx
|| is_bcc
;
11610 // If this instruction is a 32-bit THUMB branch that crosses a 4K
11611 // page boundary and it follows 32-bit non-branch instruction,
11612 // we need to work around.
11613 if (is_32bit_branch
11614 && ((address
+ i
) & 0xfffU
) == 0xffeU
11616 && !last_was_branch
)
11618 // Check to see if there is a relocation stub for this branch.
11619 bool force_target_arm
= false;
11620 bool force_target_thumb
= false;
11621 const Cortex_a8_reloc
* cortex_a8_reloc
= NULL
;
11622 Cortex_a8_relocs_info::const_iterator p
=
11623 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.find(address
+ i
);
11625 if (p
!= this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.end())
11627 cortex_a8_reloc
= p
->second
;
11628 bool target_is_thumb
= (cortex_a8_reloc
->destination() & 1) != 0;
11630 if (cortex_a8_reloc
->r_type() == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
11631 && !target_is_thumb
)
11632 force_target_arm
= true;
11633 else if (cortex_a8_reloc
->r_type() == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
11634 && target_is_thumb
)
11635 force_target_thumb
= true;
11639 Stub_type stub_type
= arm_stub_none
;
11641 // Check if we have an offending branch instruction.
11642 uint16_t upper_insn
= (insn
>> 16) & 0xffffU
;
11643 uint16_t lower_insn
= insn
& 0xffffU
;
11644 typedef struct Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> RelocFuncs
;
11646 if (cortex_a8_reloc
!= NULL
11647 && cortex_a8_reloc
->reloc_stub() != NULL
)
11648 // We've already made a stub for this instruction, e.g.
11649 // it's a long branch or a Thumb->ARM stub. Assume that
11650 // stub will suffice to work around the A8 erratum (see
11651 // setting of always_after_branch above).
11655 offset
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_cond_branch_offset(upper_insn
,
11657 stub_type
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
;
11659 else if (is_b
|| is_bl
|| is_blx
)
11661 offset
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_offset(upper_insn
,
11666 stub_type
= (is_blx
11667 ? arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
11669 ? arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
11670 : arm_stub_a8_veneer_b
));
11673 if (stub_type
!= arm_stub_none
)
11675 Arm_address pc_for_insn
= address
+ i
+ 4;
11677 // The original instruction is a BL, but the target is
11678 // an ARM instruction. If we were not making a stub,
11679 // the BL would have been converted to a BLX. Use the
11680 // BLX stub instead in that case.
11681 if (this->may_use_blx() && force_target_arm
11682 && stub_type
== arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
)
11684 stub_type
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
;
11688 // Conversely, if the original instruction was
11689 // BLX but the target is Thumb mode, use the BL stub.
11690 else if (force_target_thumb
11691 && stub_type
== arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
)
11693 stub_type
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
;
11701 // If we found a relocation, use the proper destination,
11702 // not the offset in the (unrelocated) instruction.
11703 // Note this is always done if we switched the stub type above.
11704 if (cortex_a8_reloc
!= NULL
)
11705 offset
= (off_t
) (cortex_a8_reloc
->destination() - pc_for_insn
);
11707 Arm_address target
= (pc_for_insn
+ offset
) | (is_blx
? 0 : 1);
11709 // Add a new stub if destination address in in the same page.
11710 if (((address
+ i
) & ~0xfffU
) == (target
& ~0xfffU
))
11712 Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
=
11713 this->stub_factory_
.make_cortex_a8_stub(stub_type
,
11717 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
11718 arm_relobj
->stub_table(shndx
);
11719 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
11720 stub_table
->add_cortex_a8_stub(address
+ i
, stub
);
11725 i
+= insn_32bit
? 4 : 2;
11726 last_was_32bit
= insn_32bit
;
11727 last_was_branch
= is_32bit_branch
;
11731 // Apply the Cortex-A8 workaround.
11733 template<bool big_endian
>
11735 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::apply_cortex_a8_workaround(
11736 const Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
,
11737 Arm_address stub_address
,
11738 unsigned char* insn_view
,
11739 Arm_address insn_address
)
11741 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
11742 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(insn_view
);
11743 Valtype upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
11744 Valtype lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
11745 off_t branch_offset
= stub_address
- (insn_address
+ 4);
11747 typedef struct Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> RelocFuncs
;
11748 switch (stub
->stub_template()->type())
11750 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
:
11751 // For a conditional branch, we re-write it to be a uncondition
11752 // branch to the stub. We use the THUMB-2 encoding here.
11753 upper_insn
= 0xf000U
;
11754 lower_insn
= 0xb800U
;
11756 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_b
:
11757 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
:
11758 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
:
11759 if ((lower_insn
& 0x5000U
) == 0x4000U
)
11760 // For a BLX instruction, make sure that the relocation is
11761 // rounded up to a word boundary. This follows the semantics of
11762 // the instruction which specifies that bit 1 of the target
11763 // address will come from bit 1 of the base address.
11764 branch_offset
= (branch_offset
+ 2) & ~3;
11766 // Put BRANCH_OFFSET back into the insn.
11767 gold_assert(!utils::has_overflow
<25>(branch_offset
));
11768 upper_insn
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_upper(upper_insn
, branch_offset
);
11769 lower_insn
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_lower(lower_insn
, branch_offset
);
11773 gold_unreachable();
11776 // Put the relocated value back in the object file:
11777 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, upper_insn
);
11778 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, lower_insn
);
11781 template<bool big_endian
>
11782 class Target_selector_arm
: public Target_selector
11785 Target_selector_arm()
11786 : Target_selector(elfcpp::EM_ARM
, 32, big_endian
,
11787 (big_endian
? "elf32-bigarm" : "elf32-littlearm"))
11791 do_instantiate_target()
11792 { return new Target_arm
<big_endian
>(); }
11795 // Fix .ARM.exidx section coverage.
11797 template<bool big_endian
>
11799 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::fix_exidx_coverage(
11801 const Input_objects
* input_objects
,
11802 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>* exidx_section
,
11803 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
11806 // We need to look at all the input sections in output in ascending
11807 // order of of output address. We do that by building a sorted list
11808 // of output sections by addresses. Then we looks at the output sections
11809 // in order. The input sections in an output section are already sorted
11810 // by addresses within the output section.
11812 typedef std::set
<Output_section
*, output_section_address_less_than
>
11813 Sorted_output_section_list
;
11814 Sorted_output_section_list sorted_output_sections
;
11816 // Find out all the output sections of input sections pointed by
11817 // EXIDX input sections.
11818 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator p
= input_objects
->relobj_begin();
11819 p
!= input_objects
->relobj_end();
11822 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
11823 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(*p
);
11824 std::vector
<unsigned int> shndx_list
;
11825 arm_relobj
->get_exidx_shndx_list(&shndx_list
);
11826 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< shndx_list
.size(); ++i
)
11828 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
=
11829 arm_relobj
->exidx_input_section_by_shndx(shndx_list
[i
]);
11830 gold_assert(exidx_input_section
!= NULL
);
11831 if (!exidx_input_section
->has_errors())
11833 unsigned int text_shndx
= exidx_input_section
->link();
11834 Output_section
* os
= arm_relobj
->output_section(text_shndx
);
11835 if (os
!= NULL
&& (os
->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
11836 sorted_output_sections
.insert(os
);
11841 // Go over the output sections in ascending order of output addresses.
11842 typedef typename Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::Text_section_list
11844 Text_section_list sorted_text_sections
;
11845 for (typename
Sorted_output_section_list::iterator p
=
11846 sorted_output_sections
.begin();
11847 p
!= sorted_output_sections
.end();
11850 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>* arm_output_section
=
11851 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::as_arm_output_section(*p
);
11852 arm_output_section
->append_text_sections_to_list(&sorted_text_sections
);
11855 exidx_section
->fix_exidx_coverage(layout
, sorted_text_sections
, symtab
,
11856 merge_exidx_entries(), task
);
11859 Target_selector_arm
<false> target_selector_arm
;
11860 Target_selector_arm
<true> target_selector_armbe
;
11862 } // End anonymous namespace.